AICTE Vol. - 1 - PG-2018
AICTE Vol. - 1 - PG-2018
AICTE Vol. - 1 - PG-2018
January 2018
Volume-I
[vii]
Model Curriculum for
Postgraduate Degree Courses in
Engineering & Technology
January 2018
Volume-I
[viii]
Preface
Post Graduate Education and Research in Engineering and Technology has gained distinct
importance in context of challenges and opportunities in National development. The
ambitious -Making in India Mission has already started showing targeted results in terms of
increased manufacturing sector. Numbers of international projects are being setup in India
through MoUs considering favourable policies and conditions. The start-ups projects have
created a new generation of entrepreneurs in diverse fields of engineering by tapping vast
potential of innovative minds. The skill development mission has attracted large number of
youths to acquire skills of their liking and to convert skills in to employment and enterprise.
The advances in engineering sciences and their applications in service, manufacturing and
agriculture sectors for commercial benefits has made paradigm shift from under graduate to
post graduate level education in engineering and technology. The knowledge, skills and
competency of engineers required by industry for enhancing their competitiveness in the
market need to be developed from post graduate education and research in engineering and
technology. The expansion of engineering PG education in the last decade has offered
opportunity to bachelor degree holders to enhance their academic excellence and skills. There
are number of PG programs in engineering and technology branches in different
specializations which are offered at about 4000 colleges. The Post Graduate Education and
Research in specialised subject have enhanced academic out comes. The teaching and research
facilities created for conducting PG projects have connected institutes with industry for
consultancy and research. Realizing of importance of PG education in engineering, orientation
of curriculum of PG programmes to make it more relevant and useful is considered need the
hour. The All India Board of PG Education and Research in Engineering and Technology of
AICTE has decided to review and update curriculum for various courses and programs in
technical education. The focus is fixed to design and develop model curricula at PG level in the
light of fast changing technological advancement, new emerging areas and also changes in
pedagogy and delivery system in teaching and learning process.
The model curriculum was developed for six branches of engineering-Electronics and
Communications Engineering, Computer Science, Mechanical Engineering, Civil Engineering,
Electrical Engineering and Chemical Engineering and Technology. The subcommittees
constituted for the purses included experts of each branch. The philosophy of drafting model
curriculum for PG level programmes has been evolved through elaborate deliberation through
numbers of meetings. The major specializations in each branch of engineering are selected for
making model curriculum. The course objectives and course outcomes are made part of the
model curriculum to ensure development of specialized knowledge and relevant skill in
integrated manner of learning.
[v]
Preface
A standard academic format common for all PG programmes describing numbers of credits,
weight age for lecture, laboratories work and projects have been fixed considering the scope of
study. The position and sequence of study of core courses and elective courses are made to
ensure sequential and integral learning. The focus on advance study in core courses through
theory and laboratories work supported by study on relevant programme specific electives are
incorporated. The selection of unique courses in the basket of elective is a special features of
model curricula ensuring flexibility and diversity. The emphasis on understanding advanced
concepts of PG course is ensured through elaborate practical work conducted through actual
and virtual laboratory experiments. The concept of designing experiments and developing
concept application is made part of learning process. The PG course is spread over two years in
four semesters and inclusion of mini project, audit courses, open electives and dissertation are
the special features of the curriculum. The contents of course are unitised to facilitate its
execution. The list of suggested reading is also made part of the curriculum.
The students are asked to learn IPR/ research methodology to understand importance and
process of creation of patents through research. The introduction of two Audit courses
covering subjects of developing desired attitude among the learners is on the line of initiatives
such as Unnat Bharat Abhiyan, Yoga, Value education, Disaster management, Sanskrit,
Pedagogy, Constitution of India, Personality development through Indian culture etc. The
introduction of mini projects ensures preparedness of students to undertake major projects/
dissertation. The courses included under open electives are of importance in the context of
special skill development and they are on Business analytics, industrial safety, operation
research and cost management of engineering project. This courses shall make students
capable to work in industrial environment. The dissertation/major project work of PG
programme of one-year duration is given strong weight age in the curriculum. It is expected to
undertake industrially relevant problem to develop an optimal solution through extensive
research work. The students and faculty can design the research project in consultant with
industry preferably in the region. The planning of laboratory work/ modelling/ computational
work with execution schedule is suggested at the being of the programme to ensure expected
outcome. This will lead to creation of patents from the result of the programme.
The exercise of drafting model PG curriculum has been undertaken along with feedback from
experts from industry, research organizations and alumni to make it relevant, dynamic and
updated. The extensive work performed by members of the sub committees to develop model
curriculum in various specializations of core branches of engineering and technology through
marathon meetings and tire less work is highly appreciated. I extent sincere thanks to all the
members of subcommittees for their contributions in developing model PG curriculum.
Adopting and implementing the model curriculum by institutions and universities would help
create human resource with desired competency. The cooperate sector would be benefited from
trained manpower for improvement in quality and productivity leading to competitiveness in
[vi]
Preface
the global marketing through technological intervention. The students with advance
knowledge and special skills would be able to offer innovative ideas, technology, product and
process in national development process and fulfil their career goals. With the specialized
curriculum of PG Programmes, the institutes can transform themselves into global institutes.
This would not only retain the large number of graduate students going around for higher
studies but would also attract international students making country a global place of higher
learning and research in engineering and Technology.
November, 2017
New Delhi
Prof. Vilas S. Sapkal
Chairman,
All India Board of Post Graduate Education
and Research in Engineering and Technology
[vii]
Subcommittees for drafting model curriculum for PG programs in Engineering and
Technology
Names of Members
1. Dr. Priti Rege, Department of Electronics & Telecommunication, Govt. College
of Engineering, Pune
2. Dr. Vineet Sahula, Professor Department of Electronics & Communication
Engineering, MNIT, Jaipur
3. Dr. R.K. Baghel, Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering,
MANIT, Bhopal
2) Computer Science
Names of Members
1. Prof Rajesh Bhatia, Dean and Chairman PEC University, Chandigarh
2. Prof. Atal Chaudhari, Dept. of Computer Science & Engineering, Jadhapur
University, Kolkata
3. Dr. Meenu Chawla, Prof., Computer Science, Maulana Azad National Institute
of Technology Bhopal, Link road Number 3 Near Kali Mata Mandir, Bhopal,
MP- 462 003.
3) Mechanical Engineering
Names of Members
1. Prof. Sam Sher, Delhi Technological University, Delhi.
2. Prof. D.W. Pandey Professor, Mechanical Engineering College of Engineering
Pune.
3. Dr. Gajendra Dixit, Prof, Mechanical Engineering, Maulana Azad National
Institute of Technology, Bhopal, Link road No 3, Near Kali Mata Mandir,
Bhopal, MP 462 034.
4) Civil Engineering
Names of Members
1. Dr. C.S.P. Ojha, Department of Civil Engineering, IIT Roorkee
2. Prof. G.S. waminatha, Civil Engineering, NIT, Tiruchirapulli
3. Dr. Rajendra R. Joshi, College of Civil Engineering, Pune
[viii]
5) Electrical Engineering
Names of Members
1. Dr. M.K. Khedkar, Prof. Electrical Engineering. Visvesvaraya National
Institute fo Technology, South Ambazari Road, Nagpur
2. Dr. Prerana Gour, NSIT, Dwarka, New Delhi
3. Dr. Abhijit Abhyankar, Department of Electrical Engineering, IIT, Delhi
Names of Members
1. Dr. R.S. Sapkal, Ex-Director BCUD, Professor Department of Chemical
Technology, SGB Amravati University, Amravati.
2. Dr. R.W, Gaikwad, Prof. Department of Chemical Engineering, Pravra Rural
Engineering College, Loni, Distt Ahamdnagar 413 736
3. Dr. S.H. Sonawane, Department of Chemical Engineering, NIT, Warangal.
[ix]
Open Elective
1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
4. Cost Management of Engineering Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
[x]
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria
Characteristics of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research
problem, Scope and objectives of research problem.
References:
Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an
introduction for science & engineering students’”
Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An
Introduction”
Ranjit Kumar, 2nd Edition, “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide
for beginners”
Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
Mayall, “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Niebel, “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Asimov, “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley, “ Intellectual Property
in New Technological Age”, 2016.
T. Ramappa, “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008
[xi]
Contents
Preface v
1. Computer Science 1
2. Electrical Engineering 207
[xii]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
MODEL CURRICULUM
of
Computer Science
[1]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester I
Semester II
Program Elective IV –
Data Security and Access Control/ Web Analytics and Development/
2CSxx
Knowledge Discovery
Semester III
[2]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
Semester IV
Subject
Dissertation II
Audit course 1 & 2
Semester I
[3]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester II
Program Elective IV –
2CSxx Security Assessment and Risk Analysis/ Secure Coding/ Biometrics
Semester III
Semester IV
Subject
Dissertation II
[4]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester I
Semester II
[5]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester III
Semester IV
Subject
Dissertation II
Audit course 1 & 2
Semester I
[6]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester II
Semester III
Semester IV
Subject
Dissertation II
[7]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Program Elective IV –
2CSxx
Big Data Analytics/ Network Security/ Advanced Machine Learning
2Axxx Audit Course
2CS07 Laboratory 3 (Based on cores)
2CS08 Laboratory 4 (Based on Electives)
2CS09 Mini Project with Seminar
[8]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester III
1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
4. Cost Management of Engineering Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
3CS10 Dissertation-I /Industrial Project
Semester IV
Subject
Dissertation II
Audit course 1 & 2
[9]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Scheme for M.Tech. Computer Science and Engineering Specialization: Data Science
M.Tech Sem-I.
Course Scheme Of Studies Per Week
Subject Credits
Number L T P
1CS01 Program Core I-
Mathematical foundations of 3 0 0 3
Computer Science
1CS02 Program Core II-
3 0 0 3
Advanced Data Structures
1CSxx Program Elective I-
Data Science/ Distributed Systems/
3 0 0 3
Data Preparation and Analysis
M.Tech Sem- II
Course Scheme Of Studies Per Week
Subject Credits
Number L T P
Program Core III –
2CS05 3 0 0 3
Advance Algorithms
Program Core IV –
2CS06 3 0 0 3
Soft Computing
Program Elective III –
Data Visualization/ Big Data
2CSxx Analytics/ Data Warehouse and Data 3 0 0 3
Mining
Program Elective IV –
Data Security and Access Control/
2CSxx Web Analytics and Development/ 3 0 0 3
Knowledge Discovery
[ 10 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
M.TechIII Sem*
L T P
3CSxx Program Elective V –
GPU Computing/ Cloud Computing/
3 0 0 03
Distributed Databases
[ 11 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
10. An understanding of the impact of IT related solutions in an economic, social and environment
context.
Audit course 1 & 2
[ 12 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 13 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand the implementation of symbol table using hashing techniques.
Develop and analyze algorithms for red-black trees, B-trees and Splay trees.
Develop algorithms for text processing applications.
Identify suitable data structures and develop algorithms for computational geometry
problems.
References:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2004.
2. M T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, Algorithm Design, John Wiley, 2002.
Course Code 2CS05
Course Name Advanced Algorithms
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Algorithm Design and Analysis
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Introduce students to the advanced methods of designing and analyzing algorithms.
The student should be able to choose appropriate algorithms and use it for a specific problem.
To familiarize students with basic paradigms and data structures used to solve advanced
algorithmic problems.
Students should be able to understand different classes of problems concerning their
computation difficulties.
To introduce the students to recent developments in the area of algorithmic design.
[ 14 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 3 9
Flow-Networks: Maxflow-mincut theorem, Ford-Fulkerson Method to compute
maximum flow, Edmond-Karp maximum-flow algorithm.
Matrix Computations: Strassen's algorithm and introduction to divide and
conquer paradigm, inverse of a triangular matrix, relation between the time
complexities of basic matrix operations, LUP-decomposition.
Unit 4 10
Shortest Path in Graphs: Floyd-Warshall algorithm and introduction to dynamic
programming paradigm. More examples of dynamic programming.
Modulo Representation of integers/polynomials: Chinese Remainder Theorem,
Conversion between base-representation and modulo-representation. Extension to
polynomials. Application: Interpolation problem.
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT): In complex field, DFT in modulo ring. Fast
Fourier Transform algorithm. Schonhage-Strassen Integer Multiplication algorithm
Unit 5 10
Linear Programming: Geometry of the feasibility region and Simplex algorithm
NP-completeness: Examples, proof of NP-hardness and NP-completeness.
One or more of the following topics based on time and interest
Approximation algorithms, Randomized Algorithms, Interior Point Method,
Advanced Number Theoretic Algorithm
Unit 6 5
Recent Trands in problem solving paradigms using recent searching and sorting
techniques by applying recently proposed data structures.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Analyze the complexity/performance of different algorithms.
Determine the appropriate data structure for solving a particular set of problems.
Categorize the different problems in various classes according to their complexity.
Students should have an insight of recent activities in the field of the advanced data structure.
References:
1. "Introduction to Algorithms" byCormen, Leiserson, Rivest, Stein.
2. "The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms" by Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman.
3. "Algorithm Design" by Kleinberg and Tardos.
Research Methodology and IPR
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria
Characteristics of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope
and objectives of research problem.
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for
grants of patents, Patenting under PCT.
Unit 5: Patent Rights: Scope of Patent Rights. Licensing and transfer of technology.
Patent information and databases. Geographical Indications.
Unit 6: New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System. New developments
in IPR; IPR of Biological Systems, Computer Software etc. Traditional knowledge Case
Studies, IPR and IITs.
References:
Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for
science & engineering students’”
Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
Ranjit Kumar, 2 ndEdition, “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for
beginners”
Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd,2007.
Mayall, “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Niebel, “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Asimov, “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
[ 16 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Identify and describe soft computing techniques and their roles in building intelligent
machines
Apply fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle uncertainty and solve various engineering
[ 17 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
problems.
Apply genetic algorithms to combinatorial optimization problems.
Evaluate and compare solutions by various soft computing approaches for a given problem.
References
1. Jyh:Shing Roger Jang, Chuen:Tsai Sun, EijiMizutani, Neuro:Fuzzy and Soft Computing ,
Prentice:Hall of India, 2003.
2. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic:Theory and Applications , Prentice Hall,
1995.
3. MATLAB Toolkit Manual
Elective Subjects
Course Code 1CS23
Course Name Big Data Analytics
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Data Structure, Computer Architecture and Organization
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Understand big data for business intelligence. Learn business case studies for big data analytics.
Understand nosql big data management. Perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop and related
tools
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
What is big data, why big data, convergence of key trends, unstructured data,
industry examples of big data, web analytics, big data and marketing, fraud and big
data, risk and big data, credit risk management, big data and algorithmic trading, 8
big data and healthcare, big data in medicine, advertising and big data, big data
technologies, introduction to Hadoop, open source technologies, cloud and big
data, mobile business intelligence, Crowd sourcing analytics, inter and trans
firewall analytics.
Unit 2:
Introduction to NoSQL, aggregate data models, aggregates, key-value and
document data models, relationships, graph databases, schemaless databases,
materialized views, distribution models, sharding, master-slave replication, peer- 8
peer replication, sharding and replication, consistency, relaxing consistency,
version stamps, map-reduce, partitioning and combining, composing map-reduce
calculations.
Unit 3:
Data format, analyzing data with Hadoop, scaling out, Hadoop streaming, Hadoop
pipes, design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS), HDFS concepts, Java 9
interface, data flow, Hadoop I/O, data integrity, compression, serialization, Avro,
file-based data structures
Unit 4:
MapReduce workflows, unit tests with MRUnit, test data and local tests, anatomy of
MapReduce job run, classic Map-reduce, YARN, failures in classic Map-reduce and 10
YARN, job scheduling, shuffle and sort, task execution, MapReduce types, input
formats, output formats
Unit 5: 7
[ 18 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Describe big data and use cases from selected business domains
Explain NoSQL big data management
Install, configure, and run Hadoop and HDFS
Perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop
Use Hadoop related tools such as HBase, Cassandra, Pig, and Hive for big data analytics
References:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and AmbigaDhiraj, "Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging
2. Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses", Wiley, 2013.
3. P. J. Sadalage and M. Fowler, "NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of
4. Polyglot Persistence", Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
5. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", Third Edition, O'Reilley, 2012.
6. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012.
7. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilley, 2012.
8. Lars George, "HBase: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2011.
9. Eben Hewitt, "Cassandra: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2010.
10. Alan Gates, "Programming Pig", O'Reilley, 2011.
Course Code 2CS31
Course Name Distributed Database
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of course is to provide insight to distributed database, normalization techniques
and integrity rules. It also includes parallel database systems along with object oriented models.
Integrity Control.
Unit 3:
Overview of Query Processing: Query processing problem, Objectives of Query
Processing, Complexity of Relational Algebra operations, characterization of Query
processors, Layers of Query Processing.
9
Introduction to Transaction Management: Definition of Transaction, Properties of
transaction, types of transaction. Distributed Concurrency Control: Serializability
theory, Taxonomy of concurrency control mechanisms, locking bases concurrency
control algorithms.
Unit 4:
Parallel Database Systems: Database servers, Parallel architecture, Parallel DBMS
7
techniques, Parallel execution problems, Parallel execution for hierarchical
architecture.
Unit 5:
Distributed Object Database Management systems: Fundamental Object concepts
and Object models, Object distribution design. Architectural issues, Object 8
management, Distributed object storage, Object query processing. Transaction
management. Database Interoperability: Database Integration, Query processing.
Unit 6:
Recent approaches, models and current trends in improving the performance of 5
Distributed Database.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Abe to understand relational database management systems, normalization to make efficient
retrieval from database and query.
References:
1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, Second Edition, M. Tamer Ozsu Patrick Valduriez
2. Distributed Databases principles and systems, Stefano Ceri, Giuseppe Pelagatti, Tata McGraw
Hill.
Course Code
Course Name Data Science
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Provide you with the knowledge and expertise to become a proficient data scientist.
Demonstrate an understanding of statistics and machine learning concepts that are vital for
data science;
Produce Python code to statistically analyse a dataset;
Critically evaluate data visualisations based on their design and use for communicating
stories from data;
[ 20 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
Explain how data is collected, managed and stored for data science;
Understand the key concepts in data science, including their real-world applications and the
toolkit used by data scientists;
Implement data collection and management scripts using MongoDB
References:
1. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk From The Frontline. O’Reilly.
2. Jure Leskovek, AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman. Mining of Massive Datasets. v2.1,
Cambridge University Press.
Course Code
Course Name Machine learning
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn the concept of how to learn patterns and concepts from data without being explicitly
programmed in various IOT nodes.
To design and analyse various machine learning algorithms and techniques with a modern
outlook focusing on recent advances.
Explore supervised and unsupervised learning paradigms of machine learning.
To explore Deep learning technique and various feature extraction strategies.
[ 21 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Extract features that can be used for a particular machine learning approach in various IOT
applications.
To compare and contrast pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and to get an
insight of when to apply a particular machine learning approach.
To mathematically analyse various machine learning approaches and paradigms.
References:
1. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press, 2012
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning,
Springer 2009 (freely available online)
3. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2007.
Course Code
Course Name Data Visualisation
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Graphics, Image Processing
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
familiarize students with the basic and advanced techniques of information visualization and
scientific visualization,
to learn key techniques of the visualization process
a detailed view of visual perception, the visualized data and the actual visualization,
interaction and distorting techniques
[ 22 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
familiar with the design process to develop visualization methods and visualization systems,
and methods for their evaluation.
preparation and processing of data, visual mapping and the visualization
have an understanding of large-scale abstract data,
References:
1. WARD, GRINSTEIN, KEIM,.Interactive Data Visualization: Foundations, Techniques, and
Applications. Natick : A K Peters, Ltd.
2. E. Tufte, The Visual Display of Quantitative Information, Graphics Press.
Course Code 3CS51
Course Name Data Warehousing and Data Mining
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Databases, Probability
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to introduce data warehousing and mining techniques.
Application of data mining in web mining, pattern matching and cluster analysis is included
to aware students of broad data mining areas.
[ 23 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 2:
Classification and prediction; Cluster Analysis – Types of Data in Cluster Analysis,
8
Partitioning methods, Hierarchical Methods; Transactional Patterns and other
temporal based frequent patterns,
Unit 3:
Mining Time series Data, Periodicity Analysis for time related sequence data, 8
Trend analysis, Similarity search in Time-series analysis;
Unit 4:
Mining Data Streams, Methodologies for stream data processing and stream data
systems, Frequent pattern mining in stream data, Sequential Pattern Mining in 11
Data Streams, Classification of dynamic data streams, Class Imbalance Problem;
Graph Mining; Social Network Analysis;
Unit 5:
Web Mining, Mining the web page layout structure, mining web link structure,
9
mining multimedia data on the web, Automatic classification of web documents
and web usage mining; Distributed Data Mining.
Unit 6:
Recent trends in Distributed Warehousing and Data Mining, Class Imbalance 5
Problem; Graph Mining; Social Network Analysis
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Study of different sequential pattern algorithms
Study the technique to extract patterns from time series data and it application in real world.
Can extend the Graph mining algorithms to Web mining
Help in identifying the computing framework for Big Data
References:
1. Jiawei Han and M Kamber, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques,, Second Edition, Elsevier
Publication, 2011.
2. Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Data Mining - Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Addison Wesley,
2006.
3. G Dong and J Pei, Sequence Data Mining, Springer, 2007.
Course Code
Course Name Data Preparation and Analysis
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To prepare the data for analysis and develop meaningful Data Visualizations
[ 24 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit2:
Data Cleaning:
Consistency checking, Heterogeneous and missing data, Data Transformation and 11
segmentation
Unit3:
Exploratory Analysis:
13
Descriptive and comparative statistics, Clustering and association, Hypothesis
generation
Unit4:
Visualization:
15
Designing visualizations, Time series, Geolocated data, Correlations and
connections, Hierarchies and networks, interactivity
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Able to extract the data for performing the Analysis.
References:
1. Making sense of Data : A practical Guide to Exploratory Data Analysis and Data Mining, by Glenn
J. Myatt
Course Code
Course Name Recommender System
Credits 3
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn techniques for making recommendations, including non-personalized, content-based,
and collaborative filtering
To automate a variety of choice-making strategies with the goal of providing affordable, personal,
and high-quality recommendations
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Introduction: Overview of Information Retrieval, Retrieval Models, Search and
Filtering Techniques: Relevance Feedback, User Profiles, Recommender system 9
functions, Matrix operations, covariance matrices, Understanding ratings,
Applications of recommendation systems, Issues with recommender system.
Unit 2:
Content-based Filtering: High level architecture of content-based systems,
Advantages and drawbacks of content based filtering, Item profiles, Discovering
8
features of documents, pre-processing and feature extraction, Obtaining item
features from tags, Methods for learning user profiles, Similarity based retrieval,
Classification algorithms.
Unit 3:
Collaborative Filtering: User-based recommendation, Item-based
9
recommendation, Model based approaches, Matrix factorization, Attacks on
collaborative recommender systems.
[ 25 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 4:
Hybrid approaches: Opportunities for hybridization, Monolithic hybridization
design: Feature combination, Feature augmentation, Parallelized hybridization 8
design: Weighted, Switching, Mixed, Pipelined hybridization design: Cascade
Meta-level, Limitations of hybridization strategies
Unit 5:
Evaluating Recommender System: Introduction, General properties of
evaluation research, Evaluation designs: Accuracy, Coverage, confidence, novelty, 6
diversity, scalability, serendipity, Evaluation on historical datasets, Offline
evaluations.
Unit 6:
Types of Recommender Systems: Recommender systems in personalized web
8
search, knowledge-based recommender system, Social tagging recommender
systems, Trust-centric recommendations, Group recommender systems.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Design recommendation system for a particular application domain.
Evaluate recommender systems on the basis of metrics such as accuracy, rank accuracy,
diversity, product coverage, and serendipity
References:
1. Jannach D., Zanker M. and FelFering A., Recommender Systems: An Introduction, Cambridge
University Press (2011), 1st ed.
2. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer (2016), 1st ed.
3. Ricci F., Rokach L., Shapira D., Kantor B.P., Recommender Systems Handbook, Springer(2011),
1st ed.
4. Manouselis N., Drachsler H., Verbert K., Duval E., Recommender Systems For Learning, Springer
(2013), 1st ed.
Course Code
Course Name Data Storage Technologies and Networks
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Basic knowledge of Computer Architecture, Operating Systems, and
Computer Networking is required.
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
to provide learners with a basic understanding of Enterprise Data Storage and Management
Technologies
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor Media, 8
Techniques for read/write Operations, Issues and Limitations.
Unit 2:
Usage and Access – Positioning in the Memory Hierarchy, Hardware and Software 9
Design for Access, Performance issues.
Unit 3:
7
Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage, Scalability issues,
[ 26 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Networking issues.
Unit 4:
Storage Architecture - Storage Partitioning, Storage System Design, Caching, 9
Legacy Systems.
Unit 5:
Storage Area Networks – Hardware and Software Components, Storage
10
Clusters/Grids.
Storage QoS–Performance, Reliability, and Security issues.
Unit 6:
Recent Trends related to Copy data management, Erasure coding, and Software- 5
defined storage appliances.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Learn Storage System Architecture
Overview of Virtualization Technologies, Storage Area Network
References:
1. The Complete Guide to Data Storage Technologies for Network-centric ComputingPaperback–
Import, Mar 1998 by Computer Technology Research Corporation
2. Data Storage Networking: Real World Skills for the CompTIA Storage by Nigel Poulton
Course Code
Course Name Data Security and Access Control
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Database Management
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to provide fundamentals of database security. Various access
control techniques mechanisms were introduced along with application areas of access control
techniques.
card files, file management, atomic operation, smart card data transmission ATR,
PPS Security techniques- user identification, smart card security, quality assurance
and testing, smart card life cycle-5 phases, smart card terminals.
Unit 5:
Recent trends in Database security and access control mechanisms. Case study of 7
Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) systems.
Unit 6:
Recent Trends related to data security management, vulnerabilities in different 4
DBMS.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
In this course, the students will be enabled to understand and implement classical models and
algorithms
They will learn how to analyse the data, identify the problems, and choose the relevant models
and algorithms to apply.
They will further be able to assess the strengths and weaknesses of various access control models
and to analyse their behaviour.
References:
1. Role Based Access Control: David F. Ferraiolo, D. Richard Kuhn, RamaswamyChandramouli.
2. http://www.smartcard.co.uk/tutorials/sct-itsc.pdf : Smart Card Tutorial.
Course Code
Course Name Web Analytics and Development
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course explores use of social network analysis to understand growing connectivity and
complexity in the world ranging from small groups to WWW.
Unit 3:
Web Search and Retrieval: Search Engine Optimization, Web Crawling and
9
indexing, Ranking Algorithms, Web traffic models
Unit 4:
Making Connection: Link Analysis, Random Graphs and Network evolution, Social 12
Connects: Affiliation and identity
Unit 5:
Connection:
9
Connection Search, Collapse, Robustness Social involvements and diffusion of
innovation
[ 28 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Become familiar with core research communities, publications, focused on web and social media
analytics and research questions engaged in
References:
1. Hansen, Derek, Ben Sheiderman, Marc Smith. 2011. Analyzing Social Media Networks with
NodeXL: Insights from a Connected World. Morgan Kaufmann, 304.
2. Avinash Kaushik. 2009. Web Analytics 2.0: The Art of Online Accountability.
3. Easley, D. & Kleinberg, J. (2010). Networks, Crowds, and Markets: Reasoning About a Highly
Connected World. New York: Cambridge University Press.
http://www.cs.cornell.edu/home/kleinber/networks-book/
4. Wasserman, S. & Faust, K. (1994). Social network analysis: Methods and applications. New York:
Cambridge University Press. Monge, P. R. & Contractor, N. S. (2003). Theories of communication
networks. New York: Oxford University Press.
Course Code
Course Name GPU Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn parallel programming with Graphics Processing Units (GPUs).
Unit 2:
Memory: Memory hierarchy, DRAM / global, local / shared, private / local,
textures, Constant Memory, Pointers, Parameter Passing, Arrays and dynamic 7
Memory, Multi-dimensional Arrays, Memory Allocation, Memory copying across
devices, Programs with matrices, Performance evaluation with different memories
Unit 3:
Synchronization: Memory Consistency, Barriers (local versus global), Atomics,
Memory fence. Prefix sum, Reduction. Programs for concurrent Data Structures
10
such as Worklists, Linked-lists. Synchronization across CPU and GPU
Functions: Device functions, Host functions, Kernels functions, Using libraries
(such as Thrust), and developing libraries.
Unit 4:
Support: Debugging GPU Programs. Profiling, Profile tools, Performance aspects
8
Streams: Asynchronous processing, tasks, Task-dependence, Overlapped data
transfers, Default Stream, Synchronization with streams. Events, Event-based-
[ 29 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 5:
5
Case Studies: Image Processing, Graph algorithms, Simulations, Deep Learning
Unit 6:
Advanced topics: Dynamic parallelism, Unified Virtual Memory, Multi-GPU 5
processing, Peer access, Heterogeneous processing
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Students would learn concepts in parallel programming, implementation of programs on GPUs,
debugging and profiling parallel programs.
References:
1. Programming Massively Parallel Processors: A Hands-on Approach; David Kirk, Wen-meiHwu;
Morgan Kaufman; 2010 (ISBN: 978-0123814722)
2. CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs; Shane Cook;
Morgan Kaufman; 2012 (ISBN: 978-0124159334)
Course Code
Course Name Knowledge Discovery
Credits 3
Prerequisites Data structures, Basic Statistics
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Conduct case studies on real data mining examples
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Introduction KDD and Data Mining - Data Mining and Machine Learning, 7
Machine Learning and Statistics, Generalization as Search,Data Mining and Ethics
Unit 2:
Knowledge Representation - Decision Tables, Decision Trees, Classification
10
Rules, Association Rules, Rules involving Relations, Trees for Numeric Predictions,
Neural Networks, Clusters
Unit 3:
Decision Trees - Divide and Conquer, Calculating Information, Entropy, Pruning,
Estimating Error Rates, The C4.5 Algorithm
9
Evaluation of Learned Results- Training and Testing, Predicting Performance,
Cross-Validation
Unit 4:
Classification Rules - Inferring Rudimentary Rules, Covering Algorithms for Rule
8
Construction, Probability Measure for Rule Evaluation, Association Rules, Item
Sets, Rule Efficiency
Unit 5:
Numeric Predictions - Linear Models for Classification and Numeric Predictions, 7
Numeric Predictions with Regression Trees, Evaluating Numeric Predictions
[ 30 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 6:
Artificial Neural Networks – Perceptrons, Multilayer Networks, The
Backpropagation Algorithm 7
Clustering - Iterative Distance-based Clustering, Incremental Clustering, The EM
Algorithm
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Able to have knowledge of various knowledge representation methods.
References:
1. Data mining and knowledge discovery handbook by Maimon, oded(et al.)
2. Data Cleansing : A Prelude to knowledge Discovery
Course Code
Course Name Distributed Systems
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Database Management Systems
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the fundamental concepts and issues of managing large volume of shared data
in a parallel and distributed environment, and to provide insight into related research
problems.
[ 31 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
RELIABILITY
Reliability issues in DDBSs; Types of failures; Reliability techniques; Commit
protocols; Recovery protocols
Unit 5:
PARALLEL DATABASE SYSTEMS 6
Parallel architectures; parallel query processing and optimization; load balancing
Unit 6:
ADVANCED TOPICS 4
Mobile Databases, Distributed Object Management, Multi-databases
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Design trends in distributed systems.
Apply network virtualization.
Apply remote method invocation and objects.
References:
1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, M.T. Ozsu and P. Valduriez, Prentice-Hall, 1991.
2. Distributed Database Systems, D. Bell and J. Grimson, Addison-Wesley, 1992.
Course Code
Course Name Cloud Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The student will also learn how to apply trust-based security model to real-world security
problems.
An overview of the concepts, processes, and best practices needed to successfully secure
information within Cloud infrastructures.
Students will learn the basic Cloud types and delivery models and develop an understanding
of the risk and compliance responsibilities and Challenges for each Cloud type and service
delivery model.
[ 32 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 3:
Security Issues in Cloud Computing
Infrastructure Security, Infrastructure Security: The Network Level, The Host
Level, The Application Level, Data Security and Storage, Aspects of Data Security,
10
Data Security Mitigation Provider Data and Its Security
Identity and Access Management
Trust Boundaries and IAM, IAM Challenges, Relevant IAM Standards and Protocols
for Cloud Services, IAM Practices in the Cloud, Cloud Authorization Management
Unit 4:
Security Management in the Cloud
Security Management Standards, Security Management in the Cloud, Availability
Management: SaaS, PaaS, IaaS
Privacy Issues
11
Privacy Issues, Data Life Cycle, Key Privacy Concerns in the Cloud, Protecting
Privacy, Changes to Privacy Risk Management and Compliance in Relation to Cloud
Computing, Legal and Regulatory Implications, U.S. Laws and Regulations,
International Laws and Regulations
Unit 5:
Audit and Compliance
Internal Policy Compliance, Governance, Risk, and Compliance (GRC), 8
Regulatory/External Compliance, Cloud Security Alliance, Auditing the Cloud for
Compliance, Security-as-a-Cloud
Unit 6:
ADVANCED TOPICS 4
Recent devlopments in hybrid cloud and cloud security.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Identify security aspects of each cloud model
Develop a risk-management strategy for moving to the Cloud
Implement a public cloud instance using a public cloud service provider
Apply trust-based security model to different layer
References:
1. Cloud Computing Explained: Implementation Handbook for Enterprises, John Rhoton, Publication
Date: November 2, 2009
2. Cloud Security and Privacy: An Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance (Theory in
Practice), Tim Mather, ISBN-10: 0596802765,O'Reilly Media, September 2009
Course Code
Course Name Business Analytics
Credits 3
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The main objective of this course is to give the student a comprehensive understanding of
business analytics methods.
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
[ 33 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 1:
Business Analysis: Overview of Business Analysis, Overview of Requirements, Role
of the Business Analyst. 7
Stakeholders: the project team, management, and the front line, Handling
Stakeholder Conflicts.
Unit 2:
Life Cycles: Systems Development Life Cycles, Project Life Cycles, Product Life 8
Cycles, Requirement Life Cycles.
Unit 3:
Forming Requirements: Overview of Requirements, Attributes of Good
9
Requirements, Types of Requirements, Requirement Sources, Gathering
Requirements from Stakeholders, Common Requirements Documents.
Unit 4:
Transforming Requirements: Stakeholder Needs Analysis, Decomposition Analysis,
Additive/Subtractive Analysis, Gap Analysis, Notations (UML & BPMN), 10
Flowcharts, Swim Lane Flowcharts, Entity-Relationship Diagrams, State-Transition
Diagrams, Data Flow Diagrams, Use Case Modeling, Business Process Modeling
Unit 5:
Finalizing Requirements: Presenting Requirements, Socializing Requirements and
Gaining Acceptance, Prioritizing Requirements. 10
Managing Requirements Assets: Change Control, Requirements Tools
Unit 6
Recent Trands in: Embedded and colleborative business intelligence, Visual data 4
recovery, Data Storytelling and Data Journalism.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Able to have knowledge of various business analysis techniques.
References:
1. Business Analysis by James Cadle et al.
2. Project Management: The Managerial Process by Erik Larson and, Clifford Gray
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture:-3 h/week
Course Code
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
[ 34 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
Reference:
1. Business analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications by Marc J. Schniederjans, Dara G.
Schniederjans, Christopher M. Starkey, Pearson FT Press.
2. Business Analytics by James Evans, persons Education.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical
hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act
1948 for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire,
guarding, pressure vessels, etc, Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment
and methods.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition,
[ 36 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
principle and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention
methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for
problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical
equipment’s like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion
engine, v. Boiler, vi. Electrical motors, Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Reference:
1. Maintenance Engineering Handbook, Higgins & Morrow, Da Information Services.
2. Maintenance Engineering, H. P. Garg, S. Chand and Company.
3. Pump-hydraulic Compressors, Audels, Mcgrew Hill Publication.
4. Foundation Engineering Handbook, Winterkorn, Hans, Chapman & Hall London.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Operations Research
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 3 hrs/week
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet
and continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex Techniques,
Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
[ 37 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic Programming,
Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation
References:
1. H.A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, PHI, 2008
2. H.M. Wagner, Principles of Operations Research, PHI, Delhi, 1982.
3. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimisation: Operations Research, Jain Brothers, Delhi, 2008
4. Hitler Libermann Operations Research: McGraw Hill Pub. 2009
5. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
6. Harvey M Wagner, Principles of Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
Open Elective
Cost Management of Engineering Projects
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Introduction and Overview of the Strategic Cost Management Process
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational control;
Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with significance.
Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts and Network
diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target costing,
Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement Planning,
Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints. Activity-Based
Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis. Budgetary Control;
Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of Divisional profitability
pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
Quantitative techniques for cost management, Linear Programming, PERT/CPM, Transportation
problems, Assignment problems, Simulation, Learning Curve Theory.
References:
1. Cost Accounting A Managerial Emphasis, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
2. Charles T. Horngren and George Foster, Advanced Management Accounting
3. Robert S Kaplan Anthony A. Alkinson, Management & Cost Accounting
4. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting A. H. Wheeler publisher
5. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.
[ 38 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
UNIT–I: INTRODUCTION: Definition – Classification and characteristics of Composite materials.
Advantages and application of composites. Functional requirements of reinforcement and matrix. Effect
of reinforcement (size, shape, distribution, volume fraction) on overall composite performance.
UNIT – II: REINFORCEMENTS: Preparation-layup, curing, properties and applications of glass fibers,
carbon fibers, Kevlar fibers and Boron fibers. Properties and applications of whiskers, particle
reinforcements. Mechanical Behavior of composites: Rule of mixtures, Inverse rule of mixtures.
Isostrain and Isostress conditions.
UNIT – III: Manufacturing of Metal Matrix Composites: Casting – Solid State diffusion technique,
Cladding – Hot isostatic pressing. Properties and applications. Manufacturing of Ceramic Matrix
Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon
composites: Knitting, Braiding, Weaving. Properties and applications.
UNIT–IV: Manufacturing of Polymer Matrix Composites: Preparation of Moulding compounds and
prepregs – hand layup method – Autoclave method – Filament winding method – Compression
moulding – Reaction injection moulding. Properties and applications.
UNIT – V: Strength: Laminar Failure Criteria-strength ratio, maximum stress criteria, maximum strain
criteria, interacting failure criteria, hygrothermal failure. Laminate first play failure-insight strength;
Laminate strength-ply discount truncated maximum strain criterion; strength design using caplet plots;
stress concentrations.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Science and Technology – Vol 13 – Composites by R.W.Cahn – VCH, West Germany.
2. Materials Science and Engineering, An introduction. WD Callister, Jr., Adapted by R.
Balasubramaniam, John Wiley & Sons, NY, Indian edition, 2007.
References:
1. Hand Book of Composite Materials-ed-Lubin.
2. Composite Materials – K.K.Chawla.
3. Composite Materials Science and Applications – Deborah D.L. Chung.
4. Composite Materials Design and Applications – Danial Gay, Suong V. Hoa, and Stephen W. Tasi.
Open Elective
Waste to Energy
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest residue,
Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods - Yields
and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for thermal
heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic consideration in
gasifier operation.
[ 39 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs, Fixed
bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design, construction and
operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology and
status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion - Types
of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production - Urban waste
to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I & II, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley & Sons,
1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
[ 40 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM. Highman’sbook.
4. Adrian Wallwork, English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction
and humanitarian response.
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice
from multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance
in specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the
countries they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types
And Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With
Special Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global
Co-Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In
Risk Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends
In Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation,
Programs Of Disaster Mitigation In India.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
[ 41 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Sahni, PardeepEt.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L., Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies”,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
4. enhancing the memory power
5. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
6. huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-VempatiKutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
AUDIT 1 and 2: VALUE EDUCATION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand value of education and self- development
2. Imbibe good values in students
3. Let the should know about the importance of character
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Values and self-development –Social values and individual 4
attitudes. Work ethics, Indian vision of humanism.
[ 42 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Knowledge of self-development
2. Learn the importance of Human values
3. Developing the overall personality
AUDIT 1 and 2: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil
rights perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’
constitutional role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the
emergence of nationhood in the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
[ 43 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
3. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
[ 44 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 45 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Pedagogy
Teacher education
Curriculum and assessment
Dissemination and research impact.
Suggested reading
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of basic
maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal Educational
Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to understand:
1. What pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal and informal classrooms in
developing countries?
2. What is the evidence on the effectiveness of these pedagogical practices, in what conditions, and
with what population of learners?
3. How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum and guidance
materials best support effective pedagogy?
AUDIT 1 and 2: STRESS MANAGEMENT BY YOGA
Course Objectives
1. To achieve overall health of body and mind
2. To overcome stress
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Definitions of Eight parts of yog. ( Ashtanga ) 8
[ 46 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 47 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 48 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
L T P
3CSxx Program Elective IV –
Data Warehousing & Mining/ Web
Search & Information Retrieval/
3 0 0 03
Database Security and Access
Control
[ 49 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3. An ability to design, develop and evaluate new computer based systems for novel applications
which meet the desired needs of industry and society.
4. Understanding and ability to use advanced computing techniques and tools.
5. An ability to undertake original research at the cutting edge of computer science & its related
areas.
6. An ability to function effectively individually or as a part of a team to accomplish a stated goal.
7. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
8. An ability to communicate effectively with a wide range of audience.
9. An ability to learn independently and engage in life¬long learning.
10. An understanding of the impact of IT related solutions in an economic, social and environment
context
Audit course 1 & 2
1. English for Research Paper Writing
2. Disaster Management
3. Sanskrit for Technical Knowledge
4. Value Education
5. Constitution of India
6. Pedagogy Studies
7. Stress Management by Yoga
8. Personality Development through Life Enlightenment Skills.
Syllabus, course objective and course outcomes for various post graduation courses.
Core Subjects:
Course Code 1CS01
Course Name Mathematical Foundation of Computer Science
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Discrete Mathematics
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the mathematical fundamentals that is prerequisites for avariety of courses
like Data mining, Network protocols, analysis of Web traffic, Computer security, Software
engineering, Computer architecture, operating systems, distributed systems,
Bioinformatics, Machine learning.
To developthe understanding ofthe mathematical and logical basis to many modern
techniques in information technology like machine learning, programming language
design, and concurrency.
To study various sampling and classification problems.
[ 50 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 2 7
Random samples, sampling distributions of estimators, Methods of Moments
and Maximum Likelihood,
Unit 3 8
Statistical inference, Introduction to multivariate statistical models: regression
and classification problems, principal components analysis, The problem of
overfitting model assessment.
Unit 4 11
Graph Theory: Isomorphism, Planar graphs, graph colouring, hamilton circuits
and euler cycles.
Permutations and Combinations with and without repetition.
Specialized techniques to solve combinatorial enumeration problems
Unit 5 10
Computer science and engineering applications
Data mining, Network protocols, analysis of Web traffic, Computer security,
Software engineering, Computer architecture, operating systems, distributed
systems, Bioinformatics, Machine learning.
Unit 6 5
Recent Trands in various distribution functions in mathmatical field of computer
science for varying fields like bioinformatic, soft computing, and computer vision.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
To understand the basic notions of discrete and continuous probability.
To understand the methods of statistical inference, and the role that sampling distributions
play in those methods.
To be able to perform correct and meaningful statistical analyses of simple to moderate
complexity.
References:
1. John Vince, Foundation Mathematics for Computer Science, Springer.
2. K. Trivedi.Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and Computer Science
Applications. Wiley.
3. M. Mitzenmacher and E. Upfal.Probability and Computing: Randomized Algorithms and
Probabilistic Analysis.
4. Alan Tucker, Applied Combinatorics, Wiley
Course Code 1CS02
Course Name Advanced Data Structures
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Data Structures
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The student should be able to choose appropriate data structures, understand the
ADT/libraries, and use it to design algorithms for a specific problem.
Students should be able to understand the necessary mathematical abstraction to solve
problems.
To familiarize students with advanced paradigms and data structure used to solve
algorithmic problems.
Student should be able to come up with analysis of efficiency and proofs of correctness.
[ 51 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand the implementation of symbol table using hashing techniques.
Develop and analyze algorithms for red-black trees, B-trees and Splay trees.
Develop algorithms for text processing applications.
Identify suitable data structures and develop algorithms for computational geometry
problems.
References:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2004.
2. M T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, Algorithm Design, John Wiley, 2002.
Course Code 2CS05
Course Name Advanced Algorithms
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Algorithm Design and Analysis
Total Number of Lectures:48
[ 52 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Introduce students to the advanced methods of designing and analyzing algorithms.
The student should be able to choose appropriate algorithms and use it for a specific
problem.
To familiarize students with basic paradigms and data structures used to solve advanced
algorithmic problems.
Students should be able to understand different classes of problems concerning their
computation difficulties.
To introduce the students to recent developments in the area of algorithmic design.
[ 53 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Analyze the complexity/performance of different algorithms.
Determine the appropriate data structure for solving a particular set of problems.
Categorize the different problems in various classes according to their complexity.
Students should have an insight of recent activities in the field of the advanced data
structure.
References:
1. "Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest, Stein.
2. "The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms" by Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman.
3. "Algorithm Design" by Kleinberg and Tardos.
Research Methodology and IPR
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Understand research problem formulation.
Analyze research related information
Follow research ethics
Understand that today’s world is controlled by Computer, Information Technology, but
tomorrow world will be ruled by ideas, concept, and creativity.
Understanding that when IPR would take such important place in growth of individuals &
nation, it is needless to emphasis the need of information about Intellectual Property Right
to be promoted among students in general & engineering in particular.
Understand that IPR protection provides an incentive to inventors for further research work
and investment in R & D, which leads to creation of new and better products, and in turn
brings about, economic growth and social benefits.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection, analysis,
interpretation, Necessary instrumentations
Unit 2: Effective literature studies approaches, analysis
Plagiarism, Research ethics,
Unit 3: Effective technical writing, how to write report, Paper
Developing a Research Proposal, Format of research proposal, a presentation and assessment
by a review committee
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for grants
of patents, Patenting under PCT.
Unit 5: Patent Rights: Scope of Patent Rights. Licensing and transfer of technology. Patent
information and databases. Geographical Indications.
[ 54 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 55 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 4 5
Genetic Algorithms: Introduction to Genetic Algorithms (GA), Applications of
GA in Machine Learning : Machine Learning Approach to Knowledge Acquisition.
Unit 5 13
Matlab/Python Lib: Introduction to Matlab/Python, Arrays and array
operations, Functions and Files, Study of neural network toolbox and fuzzy logic
toolbox, Simple implementation of Artificial Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic
Unit 6 5
Recent Trands in deep learning, various classifiers, neural networks and genetic
algorithm.
Implementation of recently proposed soft computing techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Identify and describe soft computing techniques and their roles in building intelligent
machines
Apply fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle uncertainty and solve various engineering
problems.
Apply genetic algorithms to combinatorial optimization problems.
Evaluate and compare solutions by various soft computing approaches for a given problem.
References:
1. Jyh:Shing Roger Jang, Chuen:Tsai Sun, EijiMizutani, Neuro:Fuzzy and Soft Computing ,
Prentice:Hall of India, 2003.
2. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic:Theory and Applications , Prentice Hall,
1995.
3. MATLAB Toolkit Manual
Elective Subjects
Course Code
Course Name Machine learning
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn the concept of how to learn patterns and concepts from data without being
explicitly programmed in various IOT nodes.
To design and analyse various machine learning algorithms and techniques with a modern
outlook focusing on recent advances.
Explore supervised and unsupervised learning paradigms of machine learning.
To explore Deep learning technique and various feature extraction strategies.
[ 56 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Linear Models
Support Vector Machines, Nonlinearity and Kernel Methods
Beyond Binary Classification: Multi-class/Structured Outputs, Ranking
Unit 2: 7
Unsupervised Learning
Clustering: K-means/Kernel K-means
Dimensionality Reduction: PCA and kernel PCA
Matrix Factorization and Matrix Completion
Generative Models (mixture models and latent factor models)
Unit 3 6
Evaluating Machine Learning algorithms and Model Selection, Introduction to
Statistical Learning Theory, Ensemble Methods (Boosting, Bagging, Random
Forests)
Unit 4 9
Sparse Modeling and Estimation, Modeling Sequence/Time-Series Data, Deep
Learning and Feature Representation Learning
Unit 5 9
Scalable Machine Learning (Online and Distributed Learning)
A selection from some other advanced topics, e.g., Semi-supervised Learning,
Active Learning, Reinforcement Learning, Inference in Graphical Models,
Introduction to Bayesian Learning and Inference
Unit 6: 5
Recent trends in various learning techniques of machine learning and
classification methods for IOT applications. Various models for IOT applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Extract features that can be used for a particular machine learning approach in various IOT
applications.
To compare and contrast pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and to get
an insight of when to apply a particular machine learning approach.
To mathematically analyse various machine learning approaches and paradigms.
References:
1. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press, 2012
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning,
Springer 2009 (freely available online)
3. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2007.
Course Code 1CS11
Course Name Digital Forensics
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Cybercrime and Information Warfare, Computer Networks
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Provides an in-depth study of the rapidly changing and fascinating field of computer
forensics.
[ 57 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Combines both the technical expertise and the knowledge required to investigate, detect
and prevent digital crimes.
Knowledge on digital forensics legislations, digital crime, forensics processes and
procedures, data acquisition and validation, e-discovery tools
E-evidence collection and preservation, investigating operating systems and file systems,
network forensics, art of steganography and mobile device forensics
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand relevant legislation and codes of ethics
Computer forensics and digital detective and various processes, policies and procedures
E-discovery, guidelines and standards, E-evidence, tools and environment.
Email and web forensics and network forensics
References:
1. John Sammons, The Basics of Digital Forensics, Elsevier
2. John Vacca, Computer Forensics: Computer Crime Scene Investigation, Laxmi Publications
[ 58 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand the core concepts related to malware, hardware and software vulnerabilities
and their causes
Understand ethics behind hacking and vulnerability disclosure
Appreciate the Cyber Laws and impact of hacking
Exploit the vulnerabilities related to computer system and networks using state of the art
tools and technologies
References:
1. Shon Harris, Allen Harper, Chris Eagle and Jonathan Ness, Gray Hat Hacking: The Ethical
Hackers' Handbook, TMH Edition
2. Jon Erickson, Hacking: The Art of Exploitation, SPD
Course Code 1CS13
Course Name Intrusion Detection
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Networks, Computer Programming
Total Number of Lectures: 48
[ 59 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Compare alternative tools and approaches for Intrusion Detection through quantitative
analysis to determine the best tool or approach to reduce risk from intrusion
Identify and describe the parts of all intrusion detection systems and characterize new and
emerging IDS technologies according to the basic capabilities all intrusion detection
systems share.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Apply knowledge of the fundamentals and history of Intrusion Detection in order to avoid
common pitfalls in the creation and evaluation of new Intrusion Detection Systems. Evaluate
the security an enterprise and appropriately apply Intrusion Detection tools and techniques in
order to improve their security posture
References:
1. The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense, Peter Szor, Symantec Press ISBN 0-321-
30545-3
2. Crimeware, Understanding New Attacks and Defenses, Markus Jakobsson and Zulfikar Ramzan,
Symantec Press, ISBN: 978-0-321-50195-0 2008
Course Code 1CS21
Course Name Malware Analysis and Reverse Engineering
[ 60 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Programming, Compiler Design
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide an insight to fundamentals of malware analysis
which includes analysis of JIT compilers for malware detection in legitimate code. DNS
filtering and reverse engineering is included.
[ 61 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
To understand the concept of malware and reverse engineering.
Implement tools and techniques of malware analysis.
References:
1. Michael Sikorski, Andrew Honig “Practical Malware Analysis: The Hands-On Guide to Dissecting
Malicious Software” publisher Williampollock
Course Code 1CS22
Course Name Secure Software Design and Enterprise Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Programming, Software Engineering
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To fix software flaws and bugs in various software.
To make students aware of various issues like weak random number generation,
information leakage, poor usability, and weak or no encryption on data traffic
Techniques for successfully implementing and supporting network services on an
enterprise scale and heterogeneous systems environment.
Methodologies and tools to design and develop secure software containing minimum
vulnerabilities and flaws.
[ 62 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Differentiate between various software vulnerabilities.
Software process vulnerabilities for an organization.
Monitor resources consumption in a software.
Interrelate security and software development process.
References:
1. Theodor Richardson, Charles N Thies, Secure Software Design, Jones & Bartlett
2. Kenneth R. van Wyk, Mark G. Graff, Dan S. Peters, Diana L. Burley, Enterprise Software
Security, Addison Wesley.
Course Code 1CS23
Course Name Secure Coding
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Programming, Compiler Design, Web programming
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Understand the basics of secure programming.
Understand the most frequent programming errors leading to software vulnerabilities.
Identify and analyze security problems in software.
Understand and protect against security threats and software vulnerabilities.
Effectively apply their knowledge to the construction of secure software systems
[ 63 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 6:
Case study of Cross Site Scripting, Magic URLs, Weak Passwords Buffet 5
overflows, Access control, Race conditions.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Write secure programs and various risk in the softwares.
Eliminate security problems in the open source software.
Real time software and vulnerabilities associated with them.
Interrelate security and software engineering.
References:
1. J. Viega, M. Messier. Secure Programming Cookbook, O'Reilly.
2. M. Howard, D. LeBlanc. Writing Secure Code, Microsoft
3. J. Viega, G. McGraw. Building Secure Software, Addison Wesley
This course will cover the concept of security , types of attack experienced, encryption and
authentication for deal with attacks, what is data compression, need and techniques of data
compression
[ 64 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Introduction to Security: Need for security, Security approaches, Principles of
security, Types of attacks. 8
Encryption Techniques: Plaintext, Cipher text, Substitution & Transposition
techniques, Encryption & Decryption, Types of attacks, Key range & Size.
Unit 2:
Symmetric & Asymmetric Key Cryptography: Algorithm types & Modes,
DES, IDEA, Differential & Linear Cryptanalysis, RSA, Symmetric &
10
Asymmetric key together, Digital signature, Knapsack algorithm.
User Authentication Mechanism: Authentication basics, Passwords,
Authentication tokens, Certificate based & Biometric authentication, Firewall.
Unit 3:
Case Studies Of Cryptography: Denial of service attacks, IP spoofing attacks,
Secure inter branch payment transactions, Conventional Encryption and
Message Confidentiality, Conventional Encryption Principles, Conventional
Encryption Algorithms, Location of Encryption Devices, Key Distribution. 9
Public Key Cryptography and Message Authentication: Approaches to
Message Authentication, SHA-1, MD5, Public-Key Cryptography Principles,
RSA, Digital, Signatures, Key Management.
Unit 4:
Introduction: Need for data compression, Fundamental concept of data
compression & coding, Communication model, Compression ratio, 7
Requirements of data compression, Classification.
Methods of Data Compression: Data compression-- Loss less &Lossy
Unit 5:
Entropy encoding-- Repetitive character encoding, Run length encoding,
Zero/Blank encoding; Statistical encoding-- Huffman, Arithmetic & Lempel-Ziv
coding; Source encoding-- Vector quantization (Simple vector quantization &
10
with error term); Differential encoding—Predictive coding, Differential pulse
code modulation, Delta modulation, Adaptive differential pulse code
modulation; Transform based coding : Discrete cosine transform & JPEG
standards; Fractal compression
Unit 6:
4
Recent trends in encryption and data compression techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
At the end of this course the student will have the knowledge of plaintext, cipher text, RSA
and other cryptographic algorithm, Key Distribution, Communication Model, Various
models for data compression
References:
1. Cryptography and Network Security by B. Forouzan, McGraw-Hill.
2. The Data Compression Book by Nelson, BPB.
3. Cryptography & Network Security by AtulKahate, TMH.
Course Code 2CS32
Course Name Steganography and Digital Watermarking
Credits 3
[ 65 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 66 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
The objective of this course is to provide an insight to information coding techniques, error
correction mechanism. Various compression techniques for text, video and image are
covered for thorough knowledge of efficient information conveying systems.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
The aim of this course is to introduce the principles and applications of information theory.
The course will study how information is measured in terms of probability and entropy.
The students learn coding schemes, including error correcting codes, The Fourier
perspective; and extensions to wavelets, complexity, compression, and efficient coding of
audio-visual information.
References:
1. Fundamentals in information theory and coding, Monica Borda,Springer.
2. Communication Systems: Analog and digital, Singh and Sapre, TataMcGraw Hill.
[ 67 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 2:
Threats to and Vulnerabilities of Systems: definition of terms (e.g., threats,
vulnerabilities, risk), major categories of threats (e.g., fraud, Hostile Intelligence
Service (HOIS), malicious logic, hackers, environmental and technological hazards,
disgruntled employees, careless employees, HUMINT, and monitoring), threat 11
impact areas, Countermeasures: assessments (e.g., surveys, inspections), Concepts
of Risk Management: consequences (e.g., corrective action, risk assessment),
cost/benefit analysis of controls, implementation of cost effective controls,
monitoring the efficiency and effectiveness of controls (e.g., unauthorized or
inadvertent disclosure of information), threat and vulnerability assessment
Unit 3:
Security Planning: directives and procedures for policy mechanism, Risk
Management: acceptance of risk (accreditation), corrective actions information
identification, risk analysis and/or vulnerability assessment components, risk
analysis results evaluation, roles and responsibilities of all the players in the risk
analysis process, Contingency Planning/Disaster Recovery: agency response 9
procedures and continuity of operations, contingency plan components,
determination of backup requirements, development of plans for recovery
actions after a disruptive event, development of procedures for off site
processing, emergency destruction procedures, guidelines for determining
critical and essential workload, team member responsibilities in responding to an
[ 68 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
emergency situation
Unit 4:
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Physical Security Measures: alarms, building construction, cabling,
communications centre, environmental controls (humidity and air conditioning),
filtered power, physical access control systems (key cards, locks and alarms)
Personnel Security Practices and Procedures: access authorization/verification
8
(need to know), contractors, employee clearances, position sensitivity,
security training and awareness, systems maintenance personnel, Administrative
Security Procedural Controls: attribution, copyright protection and licensing ,
Auditing and Monitoring: conducting security reviews, effectiveness of security
programs, investigation of security breaches, privacy review of accountability
controls, review of audit trails and logs
Unit 5:
Operations Security (OPSEC): OPSEC surveys/OPSEC planning INFOSEC:
computer security – audit, cryptography encryption (e.g., point to point, 9
network, link), cryptography key management (to include electronic key),
cryptography strength (e.g., complexity, secrecy, characteristics of the key)
Unit 6:
3
Case study of threat and vulnerability assessment
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Capable of recommending contingency strategies including data backup and recovery and
alternate site selection for business resumption planning
Skilled to be able to describe the escalation process from incident to disaster in case of
security disaster.
Capable of Designing a Disaster Recovery Plan for sustained organizational operations.
Capable of Designing a Business Continuity Plan for sustained organizational operations.
References:
1. Principles of Incident Response and Disaster Recovery, Whitman & Mattord, Course Technology
ISBN: 141883663X
2. (Web Link) http://www.cnss.gov/Assets/pdf/nstissi_4011.pdf
Course Code 2CS43
Course Name Biometrics
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Image Processing
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
[ 69 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Perform R&D on bio-metrics methods and systems.
A good understanding of the various modules constituting a bio-metric system.
Familiarity with different bio-metric traits and to appreciate their relative significance.
A good knowledge of the feature sets used to represent some of the popular bio-metric
traits.
Evaluate and design security systems incorporating bio-metrics.
Recognize the challenges and limitations associated with bio-metrics.
References:
1. Biometrics for network security, Paul Reid, Hand book of Pearson
2. D. Maltoni, D. Maio, A. K. Jain, and S. Prabhakar, Handbook of Fingerprint Recognition,
Springer Verlag, 2003.
3. A. K. Jain, R. Bolle, S. Pankanti (Eds.), BIOMETRICS: Personal Identification in Networked
Society, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1999.
4. J. Wayman, A.K. Jain, D. Maltoni, and D. Maio (Eds.), Biometric Systems: Technology,
Design and Performance Evaluation, Springer, 2004.
5. Anil Jain, Arun A. Ross, Karthik Nanda kumar, Introduction to biometric, Springer, 2011.
6. Biometric Systems: Technology, Design and Performance Evaluation, J. Wayman, A.K. Jain,
D. Maltoni, and D. Maio
Course Code 3CS51
Course Name Data Warehousing & Mining
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Databases, Probability
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to introduce data warehousing and mining techniques.
Application of data mining in web mining, pattern matching and cluster analysis is
included to aware students of broad data mining areas.
[ 70 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Study of different sequential pattern algorithms
Study the technique to extract patterns from time series data and it application in real
world.
Can extend the Graph mining algorithms to Web mining
Help in identifying the computing framework for Big Data
References:
1. Jiawei Han and M Kamber , Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, , Second Edition, Elsevier
Publication, 2011.
2. Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Data Mining - Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Addison Wesley,
2006.
3. G Dong and J Pei, Sequence Data Mining, Springer, 2007.
Course Code 3CS52
Course Name Web Search and Information Retrieval
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Probability Theory, Database Management, Web Programming
Total Number of Lectures: 48
[ 71 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to introduce information retrieval models and query languages.
Application of web search and information retrieval in social networks is also included.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
To identify basic theories and analysis tools as they apply to information retrieval.
To develop understanding of problems and potentials of current IR systems.
To learn and appreciate different retrieval algorithms and systems.
To apply various indexing, matching, organizing, and evaluating methods to IR problem.
To become aware of current experimental and theoretical IR research.
References:
1. C. D. Manning, P. Raghavan and H. Schütze, Introduction to Information Retrieval, Cambridge
University Press, 2008 (available at http://nlp.stanford.edu/IR-book).
2. Chakrabarti, S. (2002). Mining the web: Mining the Web: Discovering knowledge from hypertext
data. Morgan-kaufman.
3. B. Croft, D. Metzler, T. Strohman, Search Engines: Information Retrieval in Practice, Addison-
Wesley, 2009 (available at http://ciir.cs.umass.edu/irbook/).
4. R. Baeza-Yates, B. Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, Addison-Wesley, 2011 (2nd
Edition).
Course Code 3CS53
Course Name Database Security and Access Control
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Database Management
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to provide fundamentals of database security. Various access
control techniques mechanisms were introduced along with application areas of access
control techniques.
[ 72 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
In this course, the students will be enabled to understand and implement classical models
and algorithms.
They will learn how to analyze the data, identify the problems, and choose the relevant
models and algorithms to apply.
They will further be able to assess the strengths and weaknesses of various access control
models and to analyze their behaviour.
References:
1. Role Based Access Control: David F. Ferraiolo, D. Richard Kuhn, RamaswamyChandramouli.
2. http://www.smartcard.co.uk/tutorials/sct-itsc.pdf : Smart Card Tutorial.
[ 73 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Course Name Business Analytics
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
[ 74 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
Reference:
1. Business analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications by Marc J. Schniederjans, Dara G.
Schniederjans, Christopher M. Starkey, Pearson FT Press.
2. Business Analytics by James Evans, persons Education.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical hazards,
types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948 for health
and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure vessels, etc,
Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-II: Fundamentals of maintenance engineering: Definition and aim of maintenance engineering,
Primary and secondary functions and responsibility of maintenance department, Types of maintenance,
Types and applications of tools used for maintenance, Maintenance cost & its relation with replacement
economy, Service life of equipment.
[ 75 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition, principle
and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for problems
in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s like, I. Any one
machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler, vi. Electrical motors,
Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets, Program
and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment, advantages of
preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
1. Maintenance Engineering Handbook, Higgins & Morrow, Da Information Services.
2. Maintenance Engineering, H. P. Garg, S. Chand and Company.
3. Pump-hydraulic Compressors, Audels, Mcgrew Hill Publication.
4. Foundation Engineering Handbook, Winterkorn, Hans, Chapman & Hall London.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Operations Research
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 3 hrs/week
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
[ 76 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
1. H.A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, PHI, 2008
2. H.M. Wagner, Principles of Operations Research, PHI, Delhi, 1982.
3. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimisation: Operations Research, Jain Brothers, Delhi, 2008
4. Hitler Libermann Operations Research: McGraw Hill Pub. 2009
5. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
6. Harvey M Wagner, Principles of Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
Open Elective
Cost Management of Engineering Projects
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Introduction and Overview of the Strategic Cost Management Process
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational control;
Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with significance.
Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts and Network
diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target costing,
Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement Planning,
Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints. Activity-Based
Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis. Budgetary Control;
Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of Divisional profitability
pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
Quantitative techniques for cost management, Linear Programming, PERT/CPM, Transportation
problems, Assignment problems, Simulation, Learning Curve Theory.
References:
1. Cost Accounting A Managerial Emphasis, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
2. Charles T. Horngren and George Foster, Advanced Management Accounting
3. Robert S Kaplan Anthony A. Alkinson, Management & Cost Accounting
4. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting A. H. Wheeler publisher
5. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.
[ 77 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
UNIT–I: INTRODUCTION: Definition – Classification and characteristics of Composite materials.
Advantages and application of composites. Functional requirements of reinforcement and matrix. Effect
of reinforcement (size, shape, distribution, volume fraction) on overall composite performance.
UNIT – II: REINFORCEMENTS: Preparation-layup, curing, properties and applications of glass fibers,
carbon fibers, Kevlar fibers and Boron fibers. Properties and applications of whiskers, particle
reinforcements. Mechanical Behavior of composites: Rule of mixtures, Inverse rule of mixtures.
Isostrain and Isostress conditions.
UNIT – III: Manufacturing of Metal Matrix Composites: Casting – Solid State diffusion technique,
Cladding – Hot isostatic pressing. Properties and applications. Manufacturing of Ceramic Matrix
Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon
composites: Knitting, Braiding, Weaving. Properties and applications.
UNIT–IV: Manufacturing of Polymer Matrix Composites: Preparation of Moulding compounds and
prepregs – hand layup method – Autoclave method – Filament winding method – Compression
moulding – Reaction injection moulding. Properties and applications.
UNIT – V: Strength: Laminar Failure Criteria-strength ratio, maximum stress criteria, maximum strain
criteria, interacting failure criteria, hygrothermal failure. Laminate first play failure-insight strength;
Laminate strength-ply discount truncated maximum strain criterion; strength design using caplet plots;
stress concentrations.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Science and Technology – Vol 13 – Composites by R.W.Cahn – VCH, West Germany.
2. Materials Science and Engineering, An introduction. WD Callister, Jr., Adapted by R.
Balasubramaniam, John Wiley & Sons, NY, Indian edition, 2007.
References:
1. Hand Book of Composite Materials-ed-Lubin.
2. Composite Materials – K.K.Chawla.
3. Composite Materials Science and Applications – Deborah D.L. Chung.
4. Composite Materials Design and Applications – Danial Gay, Suong V. Hoa, and Stephen W. Tasi.
Open Elective
Waste to Energy
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest residue,
Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods - Yields
and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for thermal
heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic consideration in
gasifier operation.
[ 78 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs, Fixed
bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design, construction and
operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology and
status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion - Types
of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production - Urban waste
to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I & II, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley & Sons,
1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
[ 79 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM. Highman’s book .
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and
humanitarian response.
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice from
multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance in
specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the countries
they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types And
Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special
Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co-
Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In Risk
Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends In
Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of
Disaster Mitigation In India.
[ 80 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
4. enhancing the memory power
5. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
6. huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-Vempati Kutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
AUDIT 1 and 2: VALUE EDUCATION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand value of education and self- development
2. Imbibe good values in students
[ 81 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1. .Knowledge of self-development
2. Learn the importance of Human values
3. Developing the overall personality
[ 82 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 83 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
3. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
4. D.D. Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexis Nexis, 2015.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for the bulk of Indians before the
arrival of Gandhi in Indian politics.
2. Discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument that informed the
conceptualization of social reforms leading to revolution in India.
3. Discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the Congress Socialist Party [CSP]
under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the eventual failure of the proposal of direct
elections through adult suffrage in the Indian Constitution.
4. Discuss the passage of the Hindu Code Bill of 1956.
AUDIT 1 and 2: PEDAGOGY STUDIES
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
4. Review existing evidence on the review topic to inform programme design and policy
making undertaken by the DfID, other agencies and researchers.
5. Identify critical evidence gaps to guide the development.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Introduction and Methodology:
Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and
terminology
1 4
Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
Conceptual framework, Research questions.
Overview of methodology and Searching.
Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in
2 formal and informal classrooms in developing countries. 2
Curriculum, Teacher education.
Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices
Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school
curriculum and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
3 Theory of change. 4
Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical
practices.
Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs and Pedagogic strategies.
4 Professional development: alignment with classroom practices and follow- 4
[ 84 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
up support
Peer support
Support from the head teacher and the community.
Curriculum and assessment
Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes
Research gaps and future directions
Research design
Contexts
5 Pedagogy 2
Teacher education
Curriculum and assessment
Dissemination and research impact.
Suggested reading
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of basic
maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal Educational
Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to understand:
1. What pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal and informal classrooms in
developing countries?
2. What is the evidence on the effectiveness of these pedagogical practices, in what conditions, and
with what population of learners?
3. How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum and guidance
materials best support effective pedagogy?
AUDIT 1 and 2: STRESS MANAGEMENT BY YOGA
Course Objectives
1. To achieve overall health of body and mind
2. To overcome stress
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
[ 85 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 86 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 87 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 88 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
L T P
3CSxx Program Elective 5 –
Mobile Applications and Services/
3 0 0 03
Compiler for HPC/ Optimization
Techniques
3CSxx Open Elective–
1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
3 0 0 03
4. Cost Management of
Engineering Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
3CS10 Dissertation-I /Industrial Project 0 0 20 10
Total Credits 16
*Students going for Industrial Project/Thesis will complete these courses through MOOCs.
M.Tech Sem-IV
Scheme of Studies Per Week Credits
Subject
L T P
Dissertation II 0 0 32 16
Total Credits: 16
The program offers several elective courses, focusing on different aspects of Computer Science and
Engineering. A student can choose to do any course from given program elective set.
Program Outcomes of CSE (M.Tech.) program:
The main outcomes of the CSE (M.Tech.) program are given here. At the end of the program a student is
expected to have:
1. An understanding of the theoretical foundations and the limits of computing.
2. An ability to adapt existing models, techniques, algorithms, data structures, etc. for efficiently
solving problems.
3. An ability to design, develop and evaluate new computer based systems for novel applications
which meet the desired needs of industry and society.
4. Understanding and ability to use advanced computing techniques and tools.
5. An ability to undertake original research at the cutting edge of computer science & its related
areas.
6. An ability to function effectively individually or as a part of a team to accomplish a stated goal.
7. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
8. An ability to communicate effectively with a wide range of audience.
9. An ability to learn independently and engage in life¬long learning.
[ 89 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
10. An understanding of the impact of IT related solutions in an economic, social and environment
context.
Audit course 1 & 2
1. English for Research Paper Writing
2. Disaster Management
3. Sanskrit for Technical Knowledge
4. Value Education
5. Constitution of India
6. Pedagogy Studies
7. Stress Management by Yoga
8. Personality Development through Life Enlightenment Skills.
Syllabus, course objective and course outcomes for various post graduation courses
Core Subjects:
Course Code 1CS01
Course Name Mathematical Foundation of Computer Science
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Discrete Mathematics
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the mathematical fundamentals that is prerequisites for avariety of courses
like Data mining, Network protocols, analysis of Web traffic, Computer security, Software
engineering, Computer architecture, operating systems, distributed systems,
Bioinformatics, Machine learning.
To developthe understanding ofthe mathematical and logical basis to many modern
techniques in information technology like machine learning, programming language
design, and concurrency.
To study various sampling and classification problems.
[ 90 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
To understand the basic notions of discrete and continuous probability.
To understand the methods of statistical inference, and the role that sampling distributions
play in those methods.
To be able to perform correct and meaningful statistical analyses of simple to moderate
complexity.
References:
1. John Vince, Foundation Mathematics for Computer Science, Springer.
2. K. Trivedi.Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and Computer Science
Applications. Wiley.
3. M. Mitzenmacher and E. Upfal.Probability and Computing: Randomized Algorithms and
Probabilistic Analysis.
4. Alan Tucker, Applied Combinatorics, Wiley
Course Code 1CS02
Course Name Advanced Data Structures
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Data Structures
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The student should be able to choose appropriate data structures, understand the
ADT/libraries, and use it to design algorithms for a specific problem.
Students should be able to understand the necessary mathematical abstraction to solve
problems.
To familiarize students with advanced paradigms and data structure used to solve
algorithmic problems.
Student should be able to come up with analysis of efficiency and proofs of correctness.
[ 91 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand the implementation of symbol table using hashing techniques.
Develop and analyze algorithms for red-black trees, B-trees and Splay trees.
Develop algorithms for text processing applications.
Identify suitable data structures and develop algorithms for computational geometry
problems.
References:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2004.
2. M T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, Algorithm Design, John Wiley, 2002.
Course Code 2CS05
Course Name Advanced Algorithms
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Algorithm Design and Analysis
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Introduce students to the advanced methods of designing and analyzing algorithms.
The student should be able to choose appropriate algorithms and use it for a specific
problem.
To familiarize students with basic paradigms and data structures used to solve advanced
algorithmic problems.
Students should be able to understand different classes of problems concerning their
computation difficulties.
To introduce the students to recent developments in the area of algorithmic design.
[ 92 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Analyze the complexity/performance of different algorithms.
Determine the appropriate data structure for solving a particular set of problems.
Categorize the different problems in various classes according to their complexity.
Students should have an insight of recent activities in the field of the advanced data structure.
References:
1. "Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest, Stein.
2. "The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms" by Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman.
3. "Algorithm Design" by Kleinberg and Tardos.
[ 93 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection, analysis,
interpretation, Necessary instrumentations
Unit 2: Effective literature studies approaches, analysis
Plagiarism, Research ethics,
Unit 3: Effective technical writing, how to write report, Paper
Developing a Research Proposal, Format of research proposal, a presentation and assessment
by a review committee
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for grants
of patents, Patenting under PCT.
Unit 5: Patent Rights: Scope of Patent Rights. Licensing and transfer of technology. Patent
information and databases. Geographical Indications.
Unit 6: New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System. New developments in
IPR; IPR of Biological Systems, Computer Software etc. Traditional knowledge Case Studies,
IPR and IITs.
References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for science &
engineering students’”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar, 2 nd Edition , “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
[ 94 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 95 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 96 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Forests)
Unit 4 9
Sparse Modeling and Estimation, Modeling Sequence/Time-Series Data, Deep
Learning and Feature Representation Learning
Unit 5 9
Scalable Machine Learning (Online and Distributed Learning)
A selection from some other advanced topics, e.g., Semi-supervised Learning,
Active Learning, Reinforcement Learning, Inference in Graphical Models,
Introduction to Bayesian Learning and Inference
Unit 6: 5
Recent trends in various learning techniques of machine learning and
classification methods for IOT applications. Various models for IOT applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Extract features that can be used for a particular machine learning approach in various IOT
applications.
To compare and contrast pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and to get
an insight of when to apply a particular machine learning approach.
To mathematically analyse various machine learning approaches and paradigms.
References:
1. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press, 2012
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning,
Springer 2009 (freely available online)
3. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2007.
Course Code
Course Name Wireless Sensor Networks
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Communication
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Architect sensor networks for various application setups.
Devise appropriate data dissemination protocols and model links cost.
Understanding of the fundamental concepts of wireless sensor networks and have a basic
knowledge of the various protocols at various layers.
Evaluate the performance of sensor networks and identify bottlenecks.
[ 97 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Describe and explain radio standards and communication protocols for wireless sensor
networks.
Explain the function of the node architecture and use of sensors for various applications.
Be familiar with architectures, functions and performance of wireless sensor
networks systems and platforms.
References:
1. W. Dargie and C. Poellabauer, “Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks –Theory and
Practice”, Wiley 2010
2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli and TaiebZnati, “wireless sensor networks -Technology,
Protocols, and Applications”, Wiley Interscience 2007
3. Takahiro Hara,Vladimir I. Zadorozhny, and Erik Buchmann, “Wireless Sensor Network
Technologies for the Information Explosion Era”, springer 2010
Course Code
Course Name Introduction to Intelligent Systems
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Data Structures and Data Management or Data Structures
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The aim of the course is to introduce to the field of Artificial Intelligence (AI) with emphasis
on its use to solve real world problems for which solutions are difficult to express using the
traditional algorithmic approach. It explores the essential theory behind methodologies for
developing systems that demonstrate intelligent behaviour including dealing with uncertainty,
[ 98 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
learning from experience and following problem solving strategies found in nature.
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Biological foundations to intelligent systems I: Artificial neural networks, Back- 9
propagation networks, Radial basis function networks, and recurrent networks.
Unit 2:
Biological foundations to intelligent systems II: Fuzzy logic, knowledge
6
Representation and inference mechanism, genetic algorithm, and fuzzy neural
networks.
Unit 3:
Search Methods Basic concepts of graph and tree search. Three simple search
methods: breadth-first search, depth-first search, iterative deepening search.
7
Heuristic search methods: best-first search, admissible evaluation functions, hill-
climbing search. Optimisation and search such as stochastic annealing and
genetic algorithm.
Unit 4:
Knowledge representation and logical inference Issues in knowledge
representation. Structured representation, such as frames, and scripts, semantic
9
networks and conceptual graphs. Formal logic and logical inference.
Knowledge-based systems structures, its basic components. Ideas of Blackboard
architectures.
Unit 5:
Reasoning under uncertainty and Learning Techniques on uncertainty reasoning
such as Bayesian reasoning, Certainty factors and Dempster-Shafer Theory of 7
Evidential reasoning, A study of different learning and evolutionary algorithms,
such as statistical learning and induction learning.
Unit 6:
5
Recent trends in Fuzzy logic, Knowledge Representation
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Able to Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamental principles of intelligent systems and
would be able to analyse and compare the relative merits of a variety of AI problem solving
techniques.
References:
1. Luger G.F. and Stubblefield W.A. (2008). Artificial Intelligence: Structures and strategies for
Complex Problem Solving. Addison Wesley, 6th edition.
2. Russell S. and Norvig P. (2009). Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach. Prentice-Hall, 3rd
edition.
Course Code
Course Name Data Science
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
[ 99 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Provide you with the knowledge and expertise to become a proficient data scientist.
Demonstrate an understanding of statistics and machine learning concepts that are vital for
data science;
Produce Python code to statistically analyse a dataset;
Critically evaluate data visualisations based on their design and use for communicating
stories from data;
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
Explain how data is collected, managed and stored for data science;
Understand the key concepts in data science, including their real-world applications and
the toolkit used by data scientists;
Implement data collection and management scripts using MongoDB
References:
1. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk From The Frontline. O’Reilly.
2. Jure Leskovek, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman. Mining of Massive Datasets. v2.1,
Cambridge University Press.
Course Code
Course Name Distributed Systems
[ 100 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Database Management Systems
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the fundamental concepts and issues of managing large volume of shared data
in a parallel and distributed environment, and to provide insight into related research
problems.
[ 101 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
ADVANCED TOPICS
Mobile Databases, Distributed Object Management, Multi-databases
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Design trends in distributed systems.
Apply network virtualization.
Apply remote method invocation and objects.
References:
1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, M.T. Ozsu and P. Valduriez, Prentice-Hall, 1991.
2. Distributed Database Systems, D. Bell and J. Grimson, Addison-Wesley, 1992.
Course Code
Course Name Advanced Wireless and Mobile Networks
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Networks
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The students should get familiar with the wireless/mobile market and the future needs and
challenges.
To get familiar with key concepts of wireless networks, standards, technologies and their basic
operations
To learn how to design and analyse various medium access
To learn how to evaluate MAC and network protocols using network simulation software
tools.
The students should get familiar with the wireless/mobile market and the future needs and
challenges.
[ 102 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 3:
WiMAX (Physical layer, Media access control, Mobility and Networking), IEEE
802.22
Wireless Regional Area Networks, IEEE 802.21 Media Independent Handover
8
Overview
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Introduction, Application, Physical, MAC layer and Network Layer, Power
Management, Tiny OS Overview.
Unit 4:
WIRELESS PANs 4
Bluetooth AND Zigbee, Introduction to Wireless Sensors,.
Unit 5:
SECURITY
10
Security in wireless Networks Vulnerabilities, Security techniques, Wi-Fi
Security, DoS in wireless communication.
Unit 6:
ADVANCED TOPICS
5
IEEE 802.11x and IEEE 802.11i standards, Introduction to Vehicular Adhoc
Networks
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Demonstrate advanced knowledge of networking and wireless networking and understand
various types of wireless networks, standards, operations and use cases.
Be able to design WLAN, WPAN, WWAN, Cellular based upon underlying propagation and
performance analysis.
Demonstrate knowledge of protocols used in wireless networks and learn simulating wireless
networks.
Design wireless networks exploring trade-offs between wire line and wireless links.
Develop mobile applications to solve some of the real world problems.
References:
1. Schiller J., Mobile Communications, Addison Wesley 2000
2. Stallings W., Wireless Communications and Networks, Pearson Education 2005
3. Stojmenic Ivan, Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing, John Wiley and Sons
Inc 2002
4. Yi Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures, John Wiley and
Sons Inc 2000
5. Pandya Raj, Mobile and Personal Communications Systems and Services, PHI 200
Course Code
Course Name Data Preparation and Analysis
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
[ 103 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To prepare the data for analysis and develop meaningful Data Visualizations
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Able to extract the data for performing the Analysis.
References:
1. Making sense of Data : A practical Guide to Exploratory Data Analysis and Data Mining, by Glenn
J. Myatt
Course Code
Course Name Secure Software Design and Enterprise Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Programming, Software Engineering
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To fix software flaws and bugs in various software.
To make students aware of various issues like weak random number generation,
information leakage, poor usability, and weak or no encryption on data traffic
Techniques for successfully implementing and supporting network services on an
enterprise scale and heterogeneous systems environment.
Methodologies and tools to design and develop secure software containing minimum
vulnerabilities and flaws.
[ 104 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Differentiate between various software vulnerabilities.
Software process vulnerabilities for an organization.
Monitor resources consumption in a software.
Interrelate security and software development process.
References:
1. Theodor Richardson, Charles N Thies, Secure Software Design, Jones & Bartlett
2. Kenneth R. van Wyk, Mark G. Graff, Dan S. Peters, Diana L. Burley, Enterprise Software Security,
Addison Wesley.
Course Code
Course Name Computer Vision
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Linear algebra, vector calculus, Data structures and Programming.
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Be familiar with both the theoretical and practical aspects of computing with images.
Have described the foundation of image formation, measurement, and analysis.
[ 105 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Developed the practical skills necessary to build computer vision applications.
To have gained exposure to object and scene recognition and categorization from images.
References:
1. Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications by Richard Szeliski.
2. Deep Learning, by Goodfellow, Bengio, and Courville.
3. Dictionary of Computer Vision and Image Processing, by Fisher et al.
Course Code
Course Name Human and Computer Interection
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Learn the foundations of Human Computer Interaction
Be familiar with the design technologies for individuals and persons with disabilities
Be aware of mobile Human Computer interaction.
[ 106 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Human: I/O channels – Memory – Reasoning and problem solving; The
9
computer: Devices – Memory – processing and networks; Interaction: Models
– frameworks – Ergonomics – styles – elements – interactivity- Paradigms.
Unit 2:
Interactive Design basics – process – scenarios – navigation – screen design –
Iteration and prototyping. HCI in software process – software life cycle –
12
usability engineering – Prototyping in practice – design rationale. Design rules
– principles, standards, guidelines, rules. Evaluation Techniques – Universal
Design.
Unit 3:
Cognitive models –Socio-Organizational issues and stake holder requirements 8
–Communication and collaboration models-Hypertext, Multimedia and WWW.
Unit 4:
Mobile Ecosystem: Platforms, Application frameworks- Types of Mobile
8
Applications: Widgets, Applications, Games- Mobile Information Architecture,
Mobile 2.0, Mobile Design: Elements of Mobile Design, Tools.
Unit 5:
Designing Web Interfaces – Drag & Drop, Direct Selection, Contextual Tools, 8
Overlays, Inlays and Virtual Pages, Process Flow. Case Studies.
Unit 6:
3
Recent Trends: Speech Recognition and Translation, Multimodal System
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Understand the structure of models and theries of human computer interaction and vision.\
Design an interactive web interface on the basis of models studied.
References:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, “Human Computer Interaction”, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2004 (UNIT I , II & III)
2. Brian Fling, “Mobile Design and Development”, First Edition , O Reilly Media Inc., 2009 (UNIT –
IV)
3. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, “Designing Web Interfaces”, First Edition, O Reilly, 2009.(UNIT-V)
Course Code
Course Name GPU Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn parallel programming with Graphics Processing Units (GPUs).
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP NO. OF
LECTURES
[ 107 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 1:
Introduction: History, Graphics Processors, Graphics Processing Units,
GPGPUs. Clock speeds, CPU / GPU comparisons, Heterogeneity, Accelerators,
Parallel programming, CUDA OpenCL / OpenACC, 13
Hello World Computation Kernels, Launch parameters, Thread hierarchy, Warps
/ Wavefronts, Thread blocks / Workgroups, Streaming multiprocessors, 1D / 2D
/ 3D thread mapping, Device properties, Simple Programs
Unit 2:
Memory: Memory hierarchy, DRAM / global, local / shared, private / local,
textures, Constant Memory, Pointers, Parameter Passing, Arrays and dynamic
7
Memory, Multi-dimensional Arrays, Memory Allocation, Memory copying
across devices, Programs with matrices, Performance evaluation with different
memories
Unit 3:
Synchronization: Memory Consistency, Barriers (local versus global), Atomics,
Memory fence. Prefix sum, Reduction. Programs for concurrent Data Structures
10
such as Worklists, Linked-lists. Synchronization across CPU and GPU
Functions: Device functions, Host functions, Kernels functions, Using libraries
(such as Thrust), and developing libraries.
Unit 4:
Support: Debugging GPU Programs. Profiling, Profile tools, Performance
aspects
8
Streams: Asynchronous processing, tasks, Task-dependence, Overlapped data
transfers, Default Stream, Synchronization with streams. Events, Event-based-
Synchronization - Overlapping data transfer and kernel execution, pitfalls.
Unit 5:
5
Case Studies: Image Processing, Graph algorithms, Simulations, Deep Learning
Unit 6:
Advanced topics: Dynamic parallelism, Unified Virtual Memory, Multi-GPU 5
processing, Peer access, Heterogeneous processing
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Students would learn concepts in parallel programming, implementation of programs on
GPUs, debugging and profiling parallel programs.
References:
1. Programming Massively Parallel Processors: A Hands-on Approach; David Kirk, Wen-mei Hwu;
Morgan Kaufman; 2010 (ISBN: 978-0123814722)
2. CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs; Shane Cook;
Morgan Kaufman; 2012 (ISBN: 978-0124159334)
Course Code
Course Name Digital Forensics
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Cybercrime and Information Warfare, Computer Networks
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Provides an in-depth study of the rapidly changing and fascinating field of computer
[ 108 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
forensics.
Combines both the technical expertise and the knowledge required to investigate, detect
and prevent digital crimes.
Knowledge on digital forensics legislations, digital crime, forensics processes and
procedures, data acquisition and validation, e-discovery tools
E-evidence collection and preservation, investigating operating systems and file systems,
network forensics, art of steganography and mobile device forensics
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand relevant legislation and codes of ethics
Computer forensics and digital detective and various processes, policies and procedures
E-discovery, guidelines and standards, E-evidence, tools and environment.
Email and web forensics and network forensics
References:
1. John Sammons, The Basics of Digital Forensics, Elsevier
[ 109 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. John Vacca, Computer Forensics: Computer Crime Scene Investigation, Laxmi Publications
Course Code
Course Name Mobile Applications and Services
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Communication and Mobile Computing
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course presents the three main mobile platforms and their ecosystems, namely
Android, iOS, and PhoneGap/WebOS.
.It explores emerging technologies and tools used to design and implement feature-rich
mobile applications for smartphones and tablets
It also take into account both the technical constraints relative to storage capacity,
processing capacity, display screen, communication interfaces, and the user interface,
context and profile
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
[ 110 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
identify the target platform and users and be able to define and sketch a mobile application
understand the fundamentals, frameworks, and development lifecycle of mobile
application platforms including iOS, Android, and PhoneGap
Design and develop a mobile application prototype in one of the platform (challenge
project)
References:
1. Wei-Meng Lee, Beginning Android™ 4 Application Development, 2012 by John Wiley & Sons
Course Code
Course Name Compiler for HPC
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Data Structure, Compiler Design, Theory of Computation
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to introduce structure of compilers and high performance
compiler design for students. Concepts of cache coherence and parallel loops in compilers are
included.
[ 111 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Familiar with the structure of compiler.
Parallel loops, data dependency and exception handling and debugging in compiler.
References:
1. Michael Wolfe, High-Performance Compilers for Parallel Computing, Pearson
Course Code
Course Name Optimization Techniques
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Linear Algebra and Numerical Methods
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide insight to the mathematical formulation of real world
problems.
To optimize these mathematical problems using nature based algorithms. And the solution is
useful specially for NP-Hard problems.
Unit 3:
Branches of Mathematical Programming: Optimization using calculus, Graphical
11
Optimization, Linear Programming, Quadratic Programming, Integer
Programming, Semi Definite Programming.
Unit 4:
Optimization Algorithms like Genetic Optimization, Particle Swarm 12
Optimization, Ant Colony Optimization etc.
Unit 5:
Real life Problems and their mathematical formulation as standard programming 6
problems.
Unit 6:
Recent trends: Applications of ant colony optimization, genetics and linear and 5
quadratic programming in real world applications.
[ 112 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Formulate optimization problems.
Understand and apply the concept of optimality criteria for various types of optimization
problems.
Solve various constrained and unconstrained problems in Single variable as well as
multivariable.
Apply the methods of optimization in real life situation.
References:
1. Laurence A. Wolsey (1998). Integer programming. Wiley. ISBN 978-0-471-28366-9.
2. Practical Optimization Algorithms and Engineering Applications Andreas Antoniou.
3. An Introduction to Optimization Edwin K., P. Chong & Stanislaw h. Zak.
4. Dimitris Bertsimas; Robert Weismantel (2005). Optimization over integers. Dynamic Ideas.
ISBN 978-0-9759146-2-5.
5. John K. Karlof (2006). Integer programming: theory and practice.CRC Press. ISBN 978-0-8493-
1914-3.
6. H. Paul Williams (2009). Logic and Integer Programming. Springer. ISBN 978-0-387-92279-9.
7. Michael Jünger; Thomas M. Liebling; Denis Naddef; George Nemhauser; William R. Pulleyblank;
Gerhard Reinelt; Giovanni Rinaldi; Laurence A. Wolsey, eds. (2009). 50 Years of Integer
Programming 1958-2008: From the Early Years to the State-of-the- Art. Springer. ISBN 978-3-
540-68274-5.
8. Der-San Chen; Robert G. Batson; Yu Dang (2010). Applied Integer Programming: Modeling and
Solution. John Wiley and Sons. ISBN 978-0-470-37306-4.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
[ 113 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit1:
Unit 2:
Unit 3:
Unit 4:
Forecasting Techniques: Qualitative and Judgmental Forecasting, Statistical
Forecasting Models, Forecasting Models for Stationary Time Series,
Forecasting Models for Time Series with a Linear Trend, Forecasting Time
Series with Seasonality, Regression Forecasting with Casual Variables,
10
Selecting Appropriate Forecasting Models.
Monte Carlo Simulation and Risk Analysis: Monte Carle Simulation Using
[ 114 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
Reference:
1. Business analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications by Marc J. Schniederjans, Dara G.
Schniederjans, Christopher M. Starkey, Pearson FT Press.
2. Business Analytics by James Evans, persons Education.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical hazards,
types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948 for health
and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure vessels, etc,
Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-II: Fundamentals of maintenance engineering: Definition and aim of maintenance engineering,
Primary and secondary functions and responsibility of maintenance department, Types of maintenance,
Types and applications of tools used for maintenance, Maintenance cost & its relation with replacement
economy, Service life of equipment.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition, principle
and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for problems
in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s like, I. Any one
[ 115 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler, vi. Electrical motors,
Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets, Program
and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment, advantages of
preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
1. Maintenance Engineering Handbook, Higgins & Morrow, Da Information Services.
2. Maintenance Engineering, H. P. Garg, S. Chand and Company.
3. Pump-hydraulic Compressors, Audels, Mcgrew Hill Publication.
4. Foundation Engineering Handbook, Winterkorn, Hans, Chapman & Hall London.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Operations Research
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 3 hrs/week
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic
Programming, Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation
References:
1. H.A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, PHI, 2008
[ 116 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 117 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Open Elective
Waste to Energy
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest residue,
Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods - Yields
and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for thermal
heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic consideration in
gasifier operation.
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs, Fixed
bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design, construction and
operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
[ 118 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology and
status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion - Types
of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production - Urban waste
to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I & II, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley & Sons,
1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
[ 119 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and
humanitarian response.
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice from
multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance in
specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the countries
they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types And
Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special
Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co-
Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In Risk
Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends In
Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of
Disaster Mitigation In India.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
[ 120 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
4. enhancing the memory power
5. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the huge knowledge
from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-Vempati Kutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
AUDIT 1 and 2: VALUE EDUCATION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand value of education and self- development
2. Imbibe good values in students
3. Let the should know about the importance of character
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
[ 121 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Knowledge of self-development
2. Learn the importance of Human values
3. Developing the overall personality
AUDIT 1 and 2: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’ constitutional
[ 122 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in
the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
2 Preamble 4
Salient Features
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
Fundamental Rights
Right to Equality
Right to Freedom
Fundamental Duties.
Organs of Governance:
Parliament
Composition
Qualifications
and Disqualifications
Powers and Functions
4 Executive 4
President
Governor
Council of Ministers
Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer of Judges, Qualifications
Local Administration:
District’sAdministration head: Role and Importance,
Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative,
[ 123 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
3. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
4. D.D. Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexis Nexis, 2015.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for the bulk of Indians before the
arrival of Gandhi in Indian politics.
2. Discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument that informed the
conceptualization of social reforms leading to revolution in India.
3. Discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the Congress Socialist Party [CSP]
under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the eventual failure of the proposal of direct
elections through adult suffrage in the Indian Constitution.
4. Discuss the passage of the Hindu Code Bill of 1956.
AUDIT 1 and 2: PEDAGOGY STUDIES
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
4. Review existing evidence on the review topic to inform programme design and policy
making undertaken by the DfID, other agencies and researchers.
5. Identify critical evidence gaps to guide the development.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Introduction and Methodology:
Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and
terminology
1 4
Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
Conceptual framework, Research questions.
Overview of methodology and Searching.
Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in
2 formal and informal classrooms in developing countries. 2
Curriculum, Teacher education.
3 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices 4
[ 124 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 125 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 126 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 127 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Scheme for M.Tech. Computer Science and Engineering Specialization : Advanced
Computing
M.Tech Semister-I.
Scheme Of Studies Per
Course
Subject Week Credits
Number
L T P
1CS01 Program Core I–
Mathematical foundations of 3 0 0 3
Computer Science
1CS02 Program Core II –
3 0 0 3
Advanced Data Structures
1CSxx Program Elective I –
Compiler for HPC/ Operating
3 0 0 3
System Design/ Optimization
Techniques
1CSxx Program Elective II –
Cluster and Grid Computing/
3 0 0 3
Parallel Programming Tools and
Model/ Big Data Analytics
1Axxx Research Methodology and IPR 2 0 0 2
1Axxx Audit Course 2 0 0 0
1CS03 Laboratory 1 (Advanced Data
0 0 4 2
Structures)
1CS04 Laboratory 2 (Based on Electives) 0 0 4 2
Total Credits: 18
M.Tech Semister- II
Scheme Of Studies Per
Course
Subject Week Credits
Number
L T P
Program Core III –
2CS05 3 0 0 3
Advance Algorithms
Program Core IV –
2CS06 3 0 0 3
Soft Computing
Program Elective III –
Distributed Database/ Concurrence,
2CSxx 3 0 0 3
Parallelism and Distributed System/
HPC Architecture, and Ecosystem
Program Elective IV –
Parallel Algorithms/ Threaded and
2CSxx 3 0 0 3
Message-passing Programming/
Human Centered Computing
2Axxx Audit Course 2 0 0 0
2CS07 Laboratory 3 (Based on cores) 0 0 4 2
2CS08 Laboratory 4 (Based on Electives) 0 0 4 2
2CS09 Mini Project with Seminar 2 0 0 2
Total Credits: 18
[ 128 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
L T P
3CSxx Program Elective V –
High Performance Scientific
3 0 0 03
Computing/ Quantum Computing/
DNA Computing
3CSxx Open Elective –
1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
3 0 0 03
4. Cost management of
Engineering Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
3CS10 Dissertation-I /Industrial Project 0 0 20 10
Total Credits 16
*Students going for Industrial Project/Thesis will complete these courses through MOOCs.
M.Tech Sem-IV
Scheme of Studies Per Week Credits
Subject
L T P
Dissertation II 0 0 32 16
Total Credits: 16
The program offers several elective courses, focusing on different aspects of Advanced Computing.
A student can choose to do any course from given program elective set.
Program Outcomes of CSE (M.Tech.) program:
The main outcomes of the CSE (M.Tech.) program are given here. At the end of the program a student is
expected to have:
1. An understanding of the theoretical foundations and the limits of computing.
2. An ability to adapt existing models, techniques, algorithms, data structures, etc. for efficiently
solving problems.
3. An ability to design, develop and evaluate new computer based systems for novel applications
which meet the desired needs of industry and society.
4. Understanding and ability to use advanced computing techniques and tools.
5. An ability to undertake original research at the cutting edge of computer science & its related
areas.
6. An ability to function effectively individually or as a part of a team to accomplish a stated goal.
7. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
8. An ability to communicate effectively with a wide range of audience.
[ 129 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 130 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
To understand the basic notions of discrete and continuous probability.
To understand the methods of statistical inference, and the role that sampling distributions
play in those methods.
To be able to perform correct and meaningful statistical analyses of simple to moderate
complexity.
References:
1. John Vince, Foundation Mathematics for Computer Science, Springer.
2. K. Trivedi.Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and Computer Science
Applications. Wiley.
3. M. Mitzenmacher and E. Upfal.Probability and Computing: Randomized Algorithms and
Probabilistic Analysis.
4. Alan Tucker, Applied Combinatorics, Wiley
Course Code 1CS02
Course Name Advanced Data Structures
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Data Structures
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The student should be able to choose appropriate data structures, understand the
ADT/libraries, and use it to design algorithms for a specific problem.
Students should be able to understand the necessary mathematical abstraction to solve
problems.
To familiarize students with advanced paradigms and data structure used to solve
algorithmic problems.
Student should be able to come up with analysis of efficiency and proofs of correctness.
[ 131 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand the implementation of symbol table using hashing techniques.
Develop and analyze algorithms for red-black trees, B-trees and Splay trees.
Develop algorithms for text processing applications.
Identify suitable data structures and develop algorithms for computational geometry
problems.
References:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 2nd Edition, Pearson,
2004.
2. M T Goodrich Roberto Tamassia, Algorithm Design, John Willey, 2002.
Research Methodology and IPR
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
[ 132 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
nation, it is needless to emphasis the need of information about Intellectual Property Right
to be promoted among students in general & engineering in particular.
Understand that IPR protection provides an incentive to inventors for further research work
and investment in R & D, which leads to creation of new and better products, and in turn
brings about, economic growth and social benefits.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for grants
of patents, Patenting under PCT.
Unit 5: Patent Rights: Scope of Patent Rights. Licensing and transfer of technology. Patent
information and databases. Geographical Indications.
Unit 6: New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System. New developments in
IPR; IPR of Biological Systems, Computer Software etc. Traditional knowledge Case Studies,
IPR and IITs.
References:
Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for science
& engineering students’”
Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
Ranjit Kumar, 2 nd Edition , “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for
beginners”
Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
Mayall , “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Niebel , “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Asimov , “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley, “ Intellectual Property in New
Technological Age”, 2016.
T. Ramappa, “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008
[ 133 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 134 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 135 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 136 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Inter-procedural Analysis.
Loop Restructuring: Simple Transformations, Loop Fusion, Loop Fission,
Loop Reversal, Loop Interchanging, Loop Skewing, Linear Loop
Transformations, Strip-Mining, Loop Tiling, Other Loop Transformations, and
Inter-procedural Transformations.
Optimizing for Locality: Single Reference to Each Array, Multiple References,
General Tiling, Fission and Fusion for Locality.
Unit4:
Concurrency Analysis: Concurrency from Sequential Loops, Concurrency from
Parallel Loops, Nested Loops, Round off Error, Exceptions and Debuggers.
10
Vector Analysis: Vector Code, Vector Code from Sequential Loops, Vector
Code from For all Loops, Nested Loops, Round off Error, Exceptions, and
Debuggers, Multi-vector Computers.
Unit5:
Message-Passing Machines: SIMD Machines, MIMD Machines, Data Layout,
Parallel Code for Array Assignment, Remote Data Access, Automatic Data
10
Layout, Multiple Array Assignments, Other Topics.
Scalable Shared-Memory Machines: Global Cache Coherence, Local Cache
Coherence, Latency Tolerant Machines.
Unit 6:
Recent trends in compiler design for high performance computing and message 4
passing machines and scalable shared memory machine.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Familiar with the structure of compiler.
Parallel loops, data dependency and exception handling and debugging in compiler.
References:
1. Michael Wolfe, High-Performance Compilers for Parallel Computing, Pearson
Course Code 1CS12
Course Name Operating System Design
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Data Structure, Algorithms, Computer Architecture and Organization
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to provide introduction to operating system design and concept
of process, process lifecycle and scheduling approaches.
[ 137 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 3:
Scheduling: Uniprocessor, Multiprocessor and Real time systems,
10
concurrency, classical problems, mechanisms for synchronization:
semaphores, monitors, Process deadlock and deadlock handling strategies.
Unit 4:
Memory management, Virtual memory concept, Virtual machines, I/O 7
management, File and disk management, Operating system security.
Unit 5:
Distributed Operating system: Architecture, Design issues, Distributed mutual
exclusion, Distributed deadlock detection, shared memory, Distributed
11
scheduling. Multiprocessor operating systems: architecture, operating system
design issues, threads, process synchronization, process scheduling, memory
management, reliability and fault tolerance.
Unit 6:
4
Recent trends in Operating system design and their applicability to HPC.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Understanding advanced concepts in operating systems.
Learning principles of Distributed and multiprocessor operating systems
References:
1. Advanced concept in operating system: M. Singhal, N.G. Shivratri
2. Operating system internal and design principles: William Stallings
Course Code 1CS13
Course Name Optimization Techniques
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Linear Algebra and Numerical Methods
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide insight to the mathematical formulation of real world
problems.
To optimize these mathematical problems using nature based algorithms. And the solution is
useful specially for NP-Hard problems.
[ 138 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 3:
Branches of Mathematical Programming: Optimization using calculus,
11
Graphical Optimization, Linear Programming, Quadratic Programming,
Integer Programming, Semi Definite Programming.
Unit 4:
Optimization Algorithms like Genetic Optimization, Particle Swarm 12
Optimization, Ant Colony Optimization etc.
Unit 5:
Real life Problems and their mathematical formulation as standard 6
programming problems.
Unit 6:
Recent trends: Applications of ant colony optimization, genetics and linear and 5
quadratic programming in real world applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Formulate optimization problems.
Understand and apply the concept of optimality criteria for various types of optimization
problems.
Solve various constrained and unconstrained problems in Single variable as well as
multivariable.
Apply the methods of optimization in real life situation.
References:
[ 139 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
The course will provide an insight for achieving cost efficient high performance system.
The course will deal with design and architecture of grid and cluster computing.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
At the end of the course student will have knowledge of Grid Computing, Web Services, and
Service-oriented architecture, Architecture for grid computing, Cluster Computing, process
scheduling and load balancing.
References:
[ 140 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Classify parallel architectures parameters that are essential for the classification of modern
parallel processing systems.
Describe the methodologies employed for synchronization and memory consistency and cache
coherence in shared memory systems.
Describe and compare the different types of interconnects employed in parallel processing
systems.
Outline and analyse the features of micro-architecture parallel systems such as superscalar,
VLIW, vector, multithreading, CMP multi-core and tile processors.
Describe how the performance of a parallel system can be measured, list possible sources for
performance losses and propose ways to improve the performance of a system.
[ 141 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Understand the methodologies employed for synchronization and memory consistency and
cache coherence in shared memory systems.
References:
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
What is big data, why big data, convergence of key trends, unstructured data,
industry examples of big data, web analytics, big data and marketing, fraud and
big data, risk and big data, credit risk management, big data and algorithmic
8
trading, big data and healthcare, big data in medicine, advertising and big data,
big data technologies, introduction to Hadoop, open source technologies, cloud
and big data, mobile business intelligence, Crowd sourcing analytics, inter and
trans firewall analytics.
Unit 2:
Introduction to NoSQL, aggregate data models, aggregates, key-value and
document data models, relationships, graph databases, schemaless databases,
materialized views, distribution models, sharding, master-slave replication, peer- 8
peer replication, sharding and replication, consistency, relaxing consistency,
version stamps, map-reduce, partitioning and combining, composing map-reduce
calculations.
[ 142 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 3:
Data format, analyzing data with Hadoop, scaling out, Hadoop streaming,
Hadoop pipes, design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS), HDFS 9
concepts, Java interface, data flow, Hadoop I/O, data integrity, compression,
serialization, Avro, file-based data structures
Unit 4:
MapReduce workflows, unit tests with MRUnit, test data and local tests,
anatomy of MapReduce job run, classic Map-reduce, YARN, failures in classic 10
Map-reduce and YARN, job scheduling, shuffle and sort, task execution,
MapReduce types, input formats, output formats
Unit 5:
Hbase, data model and implementations, Hbase clients, Hbase examples,
7
praxis.Cassandra, Cassandra data model, Cassandra examples, Cassandra clients,
Hadoop integration.
Unit 6:
Pig, Grunt, pig data model, Pig Latin, developing and testing Pig Latin scripts.
6
Hive, data types and file formats, HiveQL data definition, HiveQL data
manipulation, HiveQL queries.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Describe big data and use cases from selected business domains
Explain NoSQL big data management
Install, configure, and run Hadoop and HDFS
Perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop
Use Hadoop related tools such as HBase, Cassandra, Pig, and Hive for big data analytics
References:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and Ambiga Dhiraj, "Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging
2. Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses", Wiley, 2013.
3. P. J. Sadalage and M. Fowler, "NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of
Polyglot Persistence", Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
4. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", Third Edition, O'Reilley, 2012.
5. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012.
6. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilley, 2012.
7. Lars George, "HBase: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2011.
8. Eben Hewitt, "Cassandra: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2010.
9. Alan Gates, "Programming Pig", O'Reilley, 2011.
Course Code 2CS31
Course Name Distributed Database
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Distributed Systems
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of course is to provide insight to distributed database, normalization techniques
and integrity rules. It also includes parallel database systems along with object oriented
[ 143 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
models.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Abe to understand relational database management systems, normalization to make efficient
retrieval from database and query.
References:
1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, Second Edition, M. Tamer Ozsu Patrick Valduriez
2. Distributed Databases principles and systems, Stefano Ceri, Giuseppe Pelagatti, Tata McGraw
Hill.
Course Code 2CS32
Course Name Concurrence, Parallelism and Distributed System
[ 144 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Architecture and Organization, Computer Networks
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course will cover the basic concept of distributed system, architecture of distributed
system, distributed object models, communication between distributed system, The concept of
synchronization, agreement, distributed transaction, parallel processing
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
At the end of course the student will know about challenges faced while designing distributed
system, architectural, fundamental and security model of distributed system, Remote Method
Invocation, Remote Procedure Call, Event Notification system, fragmentation , Commit
Protocols, Locking Scheme, Distributed Deadlock and Parallel system design and query
References:
[ 145 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1:
7
Overview of parallel system organization;
Unit 2:
8
Introduction to message passing and MPI programming.
Unit 3:
Embarrassingly parallel problems; Problem decomposition, graph partitioning, 10
and load balancing.
Unit 4:
9
Introduction to shared memory and OpenMP programming.
Unit 5:
8
Examples of scientific computing; Parallel Languages.
Unit 6:
Recent trends in OpenMP programming, application areas of scientific 6
computing.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Abe to write parallel algorithms for high performance systems. Problem decomposition and
load balancing using MPI and OpenMP.
References:
1. Parallel Programming for Multicore and Cluster Systems by Thomas Rauber and Gudula Runger.
2. Scientific Parallel Computing by Scott, Clark, and Bagheri.
3. Using OpenMP: Portable Shared Memory Parallel Programming by Chapman, Jost, and van der
Pas.
Course Code 2CS41
Course Name Parallel Algorithms
[ 146 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Data Structure, Computer Architecture and Organization
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course focuses on an alternative to sequential model, parallel algorithm performance
measure, and application of parallel algorithm in different domain
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
at the end of this course the student will know about parallel computing model PRAM, LMCC
etc., efficiency of parallel algorithms, parallel sorting network, parallel search algorithm,
Permutation, graph algorithm, combinations.
References:
1. Designing Efficient Algorithms for Parallel Computer by M.J. Quinn, McGraw Hill.
2. Design and Analysis of Parallel Algorithms by S.G. Akl
3. Parallel Sorting Algorithm” by S.G. Akl, Academic Press
Course Code 2CS42
Course Name Threaded and Message-passing Programming
Credits 3
[ 147 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Design MPI for distributed applications.
Familiarize themselves rapidly with new programming languages.
References:
1. William Gropp Ewing Lusk Rajeev Thakur, Using MPI-2: Advanced Features of the
Message-Passing Interface, MIT Press.
Course Code 3CS51
Course Name High Performance Scientific Computing
Credits 3
[ 148 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Familiar with parallel and shared memory architecture and parallel computation languages
which includes MPI and OpenMP.
References:
1. Parallel Programming for Multicore and Cluster Systems by Thomas Rauber and Gudula
Runger.
2. Scientific Parallel Computing by Scott, Clark, and Bagheri.
3. Using OpenMP: Portable Shared Memory Parallel Programming by Chapman, Jost, and van
der Pas.
Course Code 3CS52
Course Name Quantum Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Linear Algebra, Theory of Computation
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course will provide an insight of basic of quantum physics from a computer scientist’s
perspective, and how it describes reality and understand the philosophical implications of
quantum computing
[ 149 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
LECTURES
Unit 1:
Qubit & Quantum States: The Qubit, Vector Spaces. Linear Combination Of
Vectors, Uniqueness of a spanning set, basis & dimensions, inner Products, 8
orthonormality, gram-schmidt orthogonalization, bra-ket formalism, the Cauchy-
schwarez and triangle Inequalities.
Unit 2:
Matrices & Operators: Observables, The Pauli Operators, Outer Products, The
Closure Relation, Representation of operators using matrices, outer products &
matrix representation, matrix representation of operators in two dimensional
8
spaces, Pauli Matrix, Hermitian unitary and normal operator, Eigen values &
Eigen Vectors, Spectral Decomposition, Trace of an operator, important
properties of Trace, Expectation Value of Operator, Projection Operator,
Positive Operators,
Unit 3:
Commutator Algebra, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, polar decomposition 7
&singular values, Postulates of Quantum Mechanics.
Unit 4:
Tensor Products: Representing Composite States in Quantum Mechanics,
Computing inner products, Tensor products of column vectors, operators and
tensor products of Matrices. 12
Density Operator: Density Operator of Pure & Mix state, Key Properties,
Characterizing Mixed State, Practical Trace & Reduce Density Operator,
Density Operator & Bloch Vector.
Unit 5:
Quantum Measurement Theory: Distinguishing Quantum states & Measures,
8
Projective Measurements, Measurement on Composite systems, Generalized
Measurements, Positive Operator- Valued Measures.
Unit 6:
Recent trends in Quantum Computing Research, Quantum Computing 5
Applications of Genetic Programming.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would have:
knowledge of Vector spaces, Matrices, Quantum state, Density operator and Quantum
Measurement theory.
References:
[ 150 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Familiar with DNA sequence matching algorithms. Parallelism in DNA computing algorithms.
References:
1. DNA Computing by Paun, Gheorghe, Rozenberg, Grzegorz, Salomaa, Arto; Springer publication
Course Code
Course Name Human Centered Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Machine Learning
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to introduce human-cantered computing, reviewing a subset of
current applications and open problems.
[ 151 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
[ 152 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
[ 153 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical hazards,
types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948 for health
and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure vessels, etc,
Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-II: Fundamentals of maintenance engineering: Definition and aim of maintenance engineering,
Primary and secondary functions and responsibility of maintenance department, Types of maintenance,
Types and applications of tools used for maintenance, Maintenance cost & its relation with replacement
economy, Service life of equipment.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
[ 154 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition, principle
and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for problems
in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s like, I. Any one
machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler, vi. Electrical motors,
Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets, Program
and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment, advantages of
preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
OPEN ELECTIVES
Operations Research
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 3 hrs/week
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic
[ 155 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational
control; Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with
significance. Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts
and Network diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target
costing, Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.
Activity-Based Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis.
Budgetary Control; Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of
Divisional profitability pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
References:
[ 156 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
5. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
UNIT–I: INTRODUCTION: Definition – Classification and characteristics of Composite materials.
Advantages and application of composites. Functional requirements of reinforcement and matrix. Effect
of reinforcement (size, shape, distribution, volume fraction) on overall composite performance.
UNIT – II: REINFORCEMENTS: Preparation-layup, curing, properties and applications of glass fibers,
carbon fibers, Kevlar fibers and Boron fibers. Properties and applications of whiskers, particle
reinforcements. Mechanical Behavior of composites: Rule of mixtures, Inverse rule of mixtures.
Isostrain and Isostress conditions.
UNIT – III: Manufacturing of Metal Matrix Composites: Casting – Solid State diffusion technique,
Cladding – Hot isostatic pressing. Properties and applications. Manufacturing of Ceramic Matrix
Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon
composites: Knitting, Braiding, Weaving. Properties and applications.
UNIT–IV: Manufacturing of Polymer Matrix Composites: Preparation of Moulding compounds and
prepregs – hand layup method – Autoclave method – Filament winding method – Compression
moulding – Reaction injection moulding. Properties and applications.
UNIT – V: Strength: Laminar Failure Criteria-strength ratio, maximum stress criteria, maximum strain
criteria, interacting failure criteria, hygrothermal failure. Laminate first play failure-insight strength;
Laminate strength-ply discount truncated maximum strain criterion; strength design using caplet plots;
stress concentrations.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Science and Technology – Vol 13 – Composites by R.W.Cahn – VCH, West
Germany.
2. Materials Science and Engineering, An introduction. WD Callister, Jr., Adapted by R.
Balasubramaniam, John Wiley & Sons, NY, Indian edition, 2007.
References:
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest
residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods -
Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
[ 157 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs,
Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion -
Types of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production -
Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I &
II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
[ 158 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
5 skills are needed when writing the Methods, skills needed when writing the 4
Results, skills are needed when writing the Discussion, skills are needed
when writing the Conclusions
6 useful phrases, how to ensure paper is as good as it could possibly be the 4
first- time submission
Suggested Studies:
1. Goldbort R (2006) Writing for Science, Yale University Press (available on Google Books)
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM. Highman’s
book .
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
[ 159 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
enhancing the memory power
4. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-Vempati Kutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
[ 160 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1 Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1.Knowledge of self-development
2.Learn the importance of Human values
3.Developing the overall personality
AUDIT 1 and 2: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
[ 161 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’ constitutional
role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in
the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
Preamble
2 4
Salient Features
[ 162 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
4. Review existing evidence on the review topic to inform programme design and policy
making undertaken by the DfID, other agencies and researchers.
5. Identify critical evidence gaps to guide the development.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Introduction and Methodology:
Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and
terminology
1 4
Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
Conceptual framework, Research questions.
Overview of methodology and Searching.
Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in
2 formal and informal classrooms in developing countries. 2
Curriculum, Teacher education.
Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices
Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school
curriculum and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
3 Theory of change. 4
Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical
practices.
Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs and Pedagogic strategies.
Professional development: alignment with classroom practices and follow-
4 4
up support
[ 163 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Peer support
Support from the head teacher and the community.
Curriculum and assessment
Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes
Research gaps and future directions
Research design
Contexts
5 Pedagogy 2
Teacher education
Curriculum and assessment
Dissemination and research impact.
Suggested reading
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of
basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal
Educational Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to understand:
1. What pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal and informal classrooms in
developing countries?
2. What is the evidence on the effectiveness of these pedagogical practices, in what conditions, and
with what population of learners?
3. How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum and guidance
materials best support effective pedagogy?
Course Objectives
1. To achieve overall health of body and mind
2. To overcome stress
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Definitions of Eight parts of yog. ( Ashtanga ) 8
[ 164 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Improve efficiency
Course Objectives
1. To learn to achieve the highest goal happily
2. To become a person with stable mind, pleasing personality and determination
3. To awaken wisdom in students
Syllabus
[ 165 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. “Srimad Bhagavad Gita” by Swami Swarupananda Advaita Ashram (Publication
Department), Kolkata
2. Bhartrihari’s Three Satakam (Niti-sringar-vairagya) by P.Gopinath,
Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthanam, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Study of Shrimad-Bhagwad-Geeta will help the student in developing his personality and achieve
the highest goal in life
2. The person who has studied Geeta will lead the nation and mankind to peace and prosperity
3. Study of Neetishatakam will help in developing versatile personality of students.
[ 166 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Scheme for M.Tech. Computer Science and Engineering Specialization: Internet of Things
M.TechSem-I.
Scheme Of Studies Per
Course Week
Subject Credits
Number
L T P
1CS01 Program Core I-
Mathematical foundations of 3 0 0 3
Computer Science
1CS02 Program Core II-
3 0 0 3
Advanced Data Structures
1CSxx Program Elective I-
Data Science/ Wireless Access
3 0 0 3
Technologies/ Mobile Applications
and Services
1CSxx Program Elective II-
Machine Learning/ Smart Sensors
3 0 0 3
and Internet of Things/ Logic and
Functional programming
1Axxx Research Methodology and IPR 2 0 0 2
1Axxx Audit Course 2 0 0 0
1CS03 Laboratory 1 (Advanced Data
0 0 4 2
Structures)
1CS04 Laboratory 2 (Based on Electives) 0 0 4 2
Total Credits: 18
M.TechSem- II
Scheme Of Studies Per
Course Week
Subject Credits
Number
L T P
Program Core III –
2CS05 3 0 0 3
Advance Algorithms
Program Core IV –
2CS06 3 0 0 3
Soft Computing
Program Elective III –
Sensor Networks and Internet of
2CSxx Things/ Data Visualization/ 3 0 0 3
IoTApplication and
Communication Protocol
Program Elective IV –
Big Data Analytics/ Network
2CSxx 3 0 0 3
Security/ Advanced Machine
Learning
2Axxx Audit Course 2 0 0 0
2CS07 Laboratory 3 (Based on cores) 0 0 4 2
2CS08 Laboratory 4 (Based on Electives) 0 0 4 2
2CS09 Mini Project with Seminar 2 0 0 2
Total Credits: 18
*Students be encouraged to go to Industrial Training/Internship for at least 2-3 months during
semester break.
[ 167 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
M.TechIII Sem*
L T P
3CSxx Program Elective V –
Cloud Computing/ IOT and Smart
3 0 0 03
Cities/ Emulation and Simulation
Methodologies
3CSxx Open Elective
1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research 3 0 0 03
4. Cost Management of
Engineering Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
3CS10 Dissertation-I /Industrial Project 0 0 20 10
Total Credits 16
*Students going for Industrial Project/Thesis will complete these courses through MOOCs.
M.TechSem-IV
Scheme of Studies Per Week Credits
Subject
L T P
Dissertation II 0 0 32 16
Total Credits: 16
The program offers several elective courses, focusing on different aspects of Internet of Things. A
student can choose to do any course from given program elective set.
Program Outcomes of CSE (M.Tech.) program:
The main outcomes of the CSE (M.Tech.) program are given here. At the end of the program a
student is expected to have:
1. An understanding of the theoretical foundations and the limits of computing.
2. An ability to adapt existing models, techniques, algorithms, data structures, etc. for efficiently
solving problems.
3. An ability to design, develop and evaluate new computer based systems for novel applications
which meet the desired needs of industry and society.
4. Understanding and ability to use advanced computing techniques and tools.
5. An ability to undertake original research at the cutting edge of computer science & its related
areas.
6. An ability to function effectively individually or as a part of a team to accomplish a stated goal.
7. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
8. An ability to communicate effectively with a wide range of audience.
[ 168 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 169 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
To understand the basic notions of discrete and continuous probability.
To understand the methods of statistical inference, and the role that sampling distributions
play in those methods.
To be able to perform correct and meaningful statistical analyses of simple to moderate
complexity.
References:
1. John Vince, Foundation Mathematics for Computer Science, Springer.
2. K. Trivedi.Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and Computer Science
Applications. Wiley.
3. M. Mitzenmacher and E. Upfal.Probability and Computing: Randomized Algorithms and
Probabilistic Analysis.
4. Alan Tucker, Applied Combinatorics, Wiley
Course Code 1CS02
Course Name Advanced Data Structures
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Data Structures
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The student should be able to choose appropriate data structures, understand the
ADT/libraries, and use it to design algorithms for a specific problem.
Students should be able to understand the necessary mathematical abstraction to solve
problems.
To familiarize students with advanced paradigms and data structure used to solve
algorithmic problems.
Student should be able to come up with analysis of efficiency and proofs of correctness.
[ 170 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Skip Lists: Need for Randomizing Data Structures and Algorithms, Search and
Update Operations on Skip Lists, Probabilistic Analysis of Skip Lists,
Deterministic Skip Lists
Unit 3 9
Trees: Binary Search Trees, AVL Trees, Red Black Trees, 2-3 Trees, B-Trees,
Splay Trees
Unit 4 12
Text Processing: Sting Operations, Brute-Force Pattern Matching, The Boyer-
Moore Algorithm, The Knuth-Morris-Pratt Algorithm, Standard Tries,
Compressed Tries, Suffix Tries, The Huffman Coding Algorithm, The Longest
Common Subsequence Problem (LCS), Applying Dynamic Programming to the
LCS Problem.
Unit 5 10
Computational Geometry: One Dimensional Range Searching, Two
Dimensional Range Searching, Constructing a Priority Search Tree, Searching a
Priority Search Tree, Priority Range Trees, Quadtrees, k-D Trees.
Unit 6 5
Recent Trands in Hashing, Trees, and various computational geometry methods
for effeciently solving the new evolving problem
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Understand the implementation of symbol table using hashing techniques.
Develop and analyze algorithms for red-black trees, B-trees and Splay trees.
Develop algorithms for text processing applications.
Identify suitable data structures and develop algorithms for computational geometry
problems.
References:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 2nd Edition, Pearson,
2004.
2. M T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, Algorithm Design, John Wiley, 2002.
Course Code 2CS05
Course Name Advanced Algorithms
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites UG level course in Algorithm Design and Analysis
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Introduce students to the advanced methods of designing and analyzing algorithms.
The student should be able to choose appropriate algorithms and use it for a specific
problem.
To familiarize students with basic paradigms and data structures used to solve advanced
algorithmic problems.
Students should be able to understand different classes of problems concerning their
computation difficulties.
To introduce the students to recent developments in the area of algorithmic design.
[ 171 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Analyze the complexity/performance of different algorithms.
Determine the appropriate data structure for solving a particular set of problems.
Categorize the different problems in various classes according to their complexity.
Students should have an insight of recent activities in the field of the advanced data
structure.
References:
1. "Introduction to Algorithms" byCormen, Leiserson, Rivest, Stein.
2. "The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms" by Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman.
3. "Algorithm Design" by Kleinberg and Tardos.
[ 172 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for grants
[ 173 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for science &
engineering students’”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar, 2 ndEdition , “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
5. Mayall , “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
6. Niebel , “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
7. Asimov , “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley, “ Intellectual Property in New
Technological Age”, 2016.
9. T. Ramappa, “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008
Course Code 2CS06
Course Name Soft Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Basic knowledge of mathematics
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce soft computing concepts and techniques and foster their abilities in designing
appropriate technique for a given scenario.
To implement soft computing based solutions for real-world problems.
To give students knowledge of non-traditional technologies and fundamentals of artificial
neural networks, fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic, genetic algorithms.
To provide studentan hand-on experience on MATLAB to implement various strategies.
[ 174 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Identify and describe soft computing techniques and their roles in building intelligent
machines
Apply fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle uncertainty and solve various engineering
problems.
Apply genetic algorithms to combinatorial optimization problems.
Evaluate and compare solutions by various soft computing approaches for a given problem.
References:
1. Jyh:Shing Roger Jang, Chuen:Tsai Sun, EijiMizutani, Neuro:Fuzzy and Soft Computing ,
Prentice:Hall of India, 2003.
2. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic:Theory and Applications ,
Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. MATLAB Toolkit Manual
Elective Subjects
Course Code 1CS23
Course Name Big Data Analytics
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Data Structure, Computer Architecture and Organization
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Understand big data for business intelligence. Learn business case studies for big data
analytics. Understand nosql big data management. Perform map-reduce analytics using
Hadoop and related tools
NO. OF
LECTURE WITH BREAKUP
LECTURES
Unit 1: 8
[ 175 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
What is big data, why big data, convergence of key trends, unstructured data,
industry examples of big data, web analytics, big data and marketing, fraud and
big data, risk and big data, credit risk management, big data and algorithmic
trading, big data and healthcare, big data in medicine, advertising and big data,
big data technologies, introduction to Hadoop, open source technologies, cloud
and big data, mobile business intelligence, Crowd sourcing analytics, inter and
trans firewall analytics.
Unit 2:
Introduction to NoSQL, aggregate data models, aggregates, key-value and
document data models, relationships, graph databases, schemaless databases,
materialized views, distribution models, sharding, master-slave replication, peer- 8
peer replication, sharding and replication, consistency, relaxing consistency,
version stamps, map-reduce, partitioning and combining, composing map-reduce
calculations.
Unit 3:
Data format, analyzing data with Hadoop, scaling out, Hadoop streaming,
Hadoop pipes, design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS), HDFS 9
concepts, Java interface, data flow, Hadoop I/O, data integrity, compression,
serialization, Avro, file-based data structures
Unit 4:
MapReduce workflows, unit tests with MRUnit, test data and local tests,
anatomy of MapReduce job run, classic Map-reduce, YARN, failures in classic 10
Map-reduce and YARN, job scheduling, shuffle and sort, task execution,
MapReduce types, input formats, output formats
Unit 5:
Hbase, data model and implementations, Hbase clients, Hbase examples,
7
praxis.Cassandra, Cassandra data model, Cassandra examples, Cassandra clients,
Hadoop integration.
Unit 6:
Pig, Grunt, pig data model, Pig Latin, developing and testing Pig Latin scripts.
6
Hive, data types and file formats, HiveQL data definition, HiveQL data
manipulation, HiveQL queries.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be:
Describe big data and use cases from selected business domains
Explain NoSQL big data management
Install, configure, and run Hadoop and HDFS
Perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop
Use Hadoop related tools such as HBase, Cassandra, Pig, and Hive for big data analytics
References:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and AmbigaDhiraj, "Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging
2. Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses", Wiley, 2013.
3. P. J. Sadalage and M. Fowler, "NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of
Polyglot Persistence", Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
4. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", Third Edition, O'Reilley, 2012.
5. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012.
6. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilley, 2012.
7. Lars George, "HBase: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2011.
[ 176 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
Explain how data is collected, managed and stored for data science;
Understand the key concepts in data science, including their real-world applications and
the toolkit used by data scientists;
Implement data collection and management scripts using MongoDB
[ 177 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
1. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk From The Frontline.
O’Reilly.
2. Jure Leskovek, AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman. Mining of Massive Datasets. v2.1,
Cambridge University Press.
Course Code
Course Name Wireless Access Technologies
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Networks
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Overview of wireless access technologies, Fixed wireless access networks. Terminal
mobility issues regarding wireless access to Internet
Introduction to various Network topologies, hotspot networks, Communication links:
point-to-point, point-to-multipoint, multipoint-to-multipoint.
To provide an overview of Standards for most frequently used wireless access networks:
WPAN, UWB, WLAN, WMAN, WWAN. Network services. Wireless access networks
planning, design and installation.
To get and insight of Wireless networking security issues, Wireless access network
exploitation and management, software requirements, link quality control.
[ 178 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
interpret basic terms and characteristics of wireless access networks
compare various wireless access technologies
analyze measurements of wireless access network parameter
assess security issues in wireless networks
choose modulation technique for wireless transmission
References:
1. M. P. Clark, Wireless Access Networks: Fixed Wireless Access and WLL networks -- Design
and Operation, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester
2. D. H. Morais, Fixed Broadband Wireless Communications: Principles and Practical
Applications, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River
3. R. Pandya, Introduction to WLLs: Application and Deployment for Fixed and Broadband
Services, IEEE Press, Piscataway
Course Code
Course Name Mobile Applications and Services
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Communication and Mobile Computing
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course presents the three main mobile platforms and their ecosystems, namely
Android, iOS, and PhoneGap/WebOS.
.It explores emerging technologies and tools used to design and implement feature-rich
mobile applications for smartphones and tablets
It also take into account both the technical constraints relative to storage capacity,
processing capacity, display screen, communication interfaces, and the user interface,
context and profile
[ 179 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Model Right, Android Storing and Retrieving Data, Working with a Content
Provider
Unit 3: Communications via Network and the Web:State Machine, Correct 10
Communications Model, Android Networking and Web, Telephony
Deciding Scope of an App, Wireless Connectivity and Mobile Apps, Android
Telephony
Notifications and Alarms:Performance, Performance and Memory Management,
Android Notifications and Alarms, Graphics, Performance and Multithreading,
Graphics and UI Performance, Android Graphics
Unit 4: Putting It All Together : Packaging and Deploying, Performance Best 9
Practices, Android Field Service App, Location Mobility and Location Based
Services Android
Multimedia: Mobile Agents and Peer-to-Peer Architecture, Android Multimedia
Unit 5: Platforms and Additional Issues : Development Process, Architecture, 8
Design, Technology Selection, Mobile App Development Hurdles, Testing,
Security and Hacking , Active Transactions, More on Security, Hacking Android
Unit 6: Recent trends inCommunication protocols for IOT nodes, mobile 5
computimng techniques in IOT, agents based communications in IOT
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
identify the target platform and users and be able to define and sketch a mobile application
understand the fundamentals, frameworks, and development lifecycle of mobile
application platforms including iOS, Android, and PhoneGap
Design and develop a mobile application prototype in one of the platform (challenge
project)
References:
1. Wei-Meng Lee, Beginning Android™ 4 Application Development, 2012 by John Wiley &
Sons
Course Code
Course Name Machine learning
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn the concept of how to learn patterns and concepts from data without being
explicitly programmed in various IOT nodes.
To design and analyse various machine learning algorithms and techniques with a modern
outlook focusing on recent advances.
Explore supervised and unsupervised learning paradigms of machine learning.
To explore Deep learning technique and various feature extraction strategies.
[ 180 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Extract features that can be used for a particular machine learning approach in various IOT
applications.
To compare and contrast pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and to get
an insight of when to apply a particular machine learning approach.
To mathematically analyse various machine learning approaches and paradigms.
References:
1. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press, 2012
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning,
Springer 2009 (freely available online)
3. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2007.
Course Code
Course Name Smart Sensors and Internet of Things
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Networks
[ 181 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Able to understand the application areas of IOT
Able to realize the revolution of Internet in Mobile Devices, Cloud & Sensor
Networks
Able to understand building blocks of Internet of Things and characteristics
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
Understand the vision of IoT from a global context.
Determine the Market perspective of IoT.
Use of Devices, Gateways and Data Management in IoT.
Application of IoT in Industrial and Commercial Building Automation and Real World
Design Constraints.
Building state of the art architecture in IoT.
References:
1. Yasuura, H., Kyung, C.-M., Liu, Y., Lin, Y.-L., Smart Sensors at the IoT Frontier, Springer
International Publishing
2. Kyung, C.-M., Yasuura, H., Liu, Y., Lin, Y.-L., Smart Sensors and Systems, Springer
International Publishing
[ 182 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Code
Course Name Logic And Functional Programming
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Programming, Mathematical
Logic
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To further the state of the art on the theoretical and practical aspects of developing
declarative programming tools in logic programming for IOT data analysis .
To introduce basics of functional programming and constraint logic programming for
nodes in IOT.
Introduction into formal concepts used as a theoretical basis for both paradigms, basic
knowledge and practical experience.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
Understanding of the theory and practice of functional and logic programming For IOT.
The ability to write functional and logic programs for nodes in IOT.
[ 183 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
The ability to solve problems in and using functional and logic programming.
References:
1. John Kelly, “The Essence of Logic”, Prentice-Hall India.
2. Saroj Kaushik, “Logic and Prolog Programming”, New Age International ltd
Course Code
Course Name Sensor Networks and Internet of Things
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Networks
Total Number of Lectures:45
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course gives an overview of various topics related to wireless sensor networks, which
are expected to be the basis for the emerging internet-of-things.
The course covers topics with relation to various subdisciplines of computer science such
as hardware, operating systems, distributed systems, networking, security and databases.
Able to understand wireless sensor network (WSN) specific issues such as localization,
time synchronization, and topology control are addressed as well.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
identify requirements from emerging WSN applications on WSN platforms,
communication systems, protocols and middleware
[ 184 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
understand, compare and evaluate communication and network protocols used in WSNs
discuss and evaluate mechanisms and algorithms for time synchronization and localization
in WSNs
understand and discuss requirements for the design of security mechanisms and
middleware systems to be used in WSNs
References:
1. Mandler, B., Barja, J., Mitre Campista, M.E., Cagá ová, D., Chaouchi, H., Zeadally, S.,
Badra, M., Giordano, S., Fazio, M., Somov, A., Vieriu, R.-L., Internet of Things. IoT
Infrastructures, Springer International Publishing
Course Code
Course Name Data Visualisation
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Graphics, Image Processing
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
familiarize students with the basic and advanced techniques of information visualization
and scientific visualization,
to learn key techniques of the visualization process
a detailed view of visual perception, the visualized data and the actual visualization,
interaction and distorting techniques
COURSE OUTCOMES
[ 185 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 186 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
To understand merging technological options, platforms and case studies of IoT
implementation in home & city automation
Determine the Market perspective of IoT.
References:
1. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, The Internet of Things: Key
Applications and Protocols, Wiley-Blackwell.
Course Code
Course Name Network Security
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Computer Networks, Web Programming
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn the basics of security and various types of security issues.
To study different cryptography techniques available and various security attacks.
Explore network security and how they are implemented in real world.
To get an insight of various issues of Web security and biometric authentication.
[ 187 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 5 8
Other topics: Biometric authentication, Secure E-Commerce (ex. SET), Smart
Cards, Security in Wireless Communication.
Unit 6: recent trends in IOT security, IDS and Biometric. 5
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
To have an understanding of basics of security and issues related to it.
Understanding of biometric techniques available and how they are used in today’s world.
Security issues in web and how to tackle them.
Learn mechanisms for transport and network security
References:
1. W. R. Cheswick and S. M. Bellovin. Firewalls and Internet Security. Addison Wesley, 1994.
2. W. Stallings. Cryptography and Network Security. Prentice Hall, 1999.
3. B. Schneier. Applied Cryptography. Wiley, 1999.
Course Code
Course Name Advanced Machine Learning
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Machine Learning, Probability Theory
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce key concepts in pattern recognition and machine learning; including specific
algorithms for classification, regression, clustering and probabilistic modeling.
To give a broad view of the general issues arising in the application of algorithms to
analysing data, common terms used, and common errors made if applied incorrectly.
To demonstrate a toolbox of techniques that can be immediately applied to real world
problems, or used as a basis for future research into the topic.
Unit 2: Kernel Methods for non-linear data, Support Vector Machines, Kernel 8
Ridge Regression, Structure Kernels, Kernel PCA, Latent Semantic Analysis
Unit 3: Bayesian methods for using prior knowledge and data, Bayesian 8
inference, Bayesian Belief Networks and Graphical models, Probabilistic
Latent Semantic Analysis, The Expectation-Maximisation (EM) algorithm,
Gaussian Processes
[ 188 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to understand
Key concepts, tools and approaches for pattern recognition on complex data sets
Kernel methods for handling high dimensional and non-linear patterns
State-of-the-art algorithms such as Support Vector Machines and Bayesian networks
Solve real-world machine learning tasks: from data to inference
Theoretical concepts and the motivations behind different learning frameworks
References:
1. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning.
2. John Shawe-Taylor and NelloCristianini, Kernel Methods for Pattern Analysis.
Course Code
Course Name IOT and Smart Cities
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites Wireless Communication and Networks
Total Number of Lectures:48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Explain the basic methodologies and techniques of the arts and humanities, social
sciences, business, and science and technology
to describe the current practices and future trends about smart city;
Capacity of critique the current practice and provide recommendations.
COURSE OUTCOMES
[ 189 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
Key concepts, tools and approaches for pattern recognition on complex data sets
Kernel methods for handling high dimensional and non-linear patterns
State-of-the-art algorithms such as Support Vector Machines and Bayesian networks
Theoretical concepts and the motivations behind different learning frameworks
Be able to solve real-world machine learning tasks: from data to inference
[ 190 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
1. Jack L. Burbank, An Introduction to Network Simulator 3, Wiley
Course Code
Course Name Cloud Computing
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The student will also learn how to apply trust-based security model to real-world security
problems.
An overview of the concepts, processes, and best practices needed to successfully
secure information within Cloud infrastructures.
Students will learn the basic Cloud types and delivery models and develop an
understanding of the risk and compliance responsibilities and Challenges for each Cloud
type and service delivery model.
Unit 3:
Security Issues in Cloud Computing
Infrastructure Security, Infrastructure Security: The Network Level, The
Host Level, The Application Level, Data Security and Storage, Aspects of
Data Security, Data Security Mitigation Provider Data and Its Security 10
Identity and Access Management
Trust Boundaries and IAM, IAM Challenges, Relevant IAM Standards and
Protocols for Cloud Services, IAM Practices in the Cloud, Cloud Authorization
Management
Unit 4:
Security Management in the Cloud 11
Security Management Standards, Security Management in the Cloud,
[ 191 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit 5:
Audit and Compliance
Internal Policy Compliance, Governance, Risk, and Compliance (GRC), 8
Regulatory/External Compliance, Cloud Security Alliance, Auditing the Cloud
for Compliance, Security-as-a-Cloud
Unit 6:
ADVANCED TOPICS 4
Recent devlopments in hybrid cloud and cloud security .
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, students would be able to:
Identify security aspects of each cloud model
Develop a risk-management strategy for moving to the Cloud
Implement a public cloud instance using a public cloud service provider
Apply trust-based security model to different layer
References:
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
[ 192 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3. To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate and solve
business problems and to support managerial decision making.
4. To become familiar with processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business data.
5. Use decision-making tools/Operations research techniques.
6. Mange business process using analytical and management tools.
7. Analyze and solve problems from different industries such as manufacturing, service, retail,
software, banking and finance, sports, pharmaceutical, aerospace etc.
[ 193 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
Reference:
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical
hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948
for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure
vessels, etc, Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-II: Fundamentals of maintenance engineering: Definition and aim of maintenance engineering,
Primary and secondary functions and responsibility of maintenance department, Types of
maintenance, Types and applications of tools used for maintenance, Maintenance cost & its relation
with replacement economy, Service life of equipment.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition,
principle and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for
problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s
like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler,
vi. Electrical motors, Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
[ 194 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets,
Program and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment,
advantages of preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic
Programming, Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation
References:
1. H.A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, PHI, 2008
2. H.M. Wagner, Principles of Operations Research, PHI, Delhi, 1982.
3. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimisation: Operations Research, Jain Brothers, Delhi, 2008
4. Hitler Libermann Operations Research: McGraw Hill Pub. 2009
5. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
[ 195 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational
control; Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with
significance. Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts
and Network diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target
costing, Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.
Activity-Based Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis.
Budgetary Control; Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of
Divisional profitability pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
References:
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 196 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest
residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods -
Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
[ 197 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs,
Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion -
Types of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production -
Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I &
II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
[ 198 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested Studies:
1. Goldbort R (2006) Writing for Science, Yale University Press (available on Google Books)
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM.
Highman’sbook .
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and
humanitarian response.
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice from
multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance in
specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the countries
they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types And
Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special
Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co-
Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In Risk
Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
[ 199 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends In
Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of
Disaster Mitigation In India.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, PardeepEt.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
enhancing the memory power
4. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-VempatiKutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
AUDIT 1 and 2: VALUE EDUCATION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1.Understand value of education and self- development
2. Imbibe good values in students
[ 200 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1 Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
[ 201 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’ constitutional
role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in
the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
2 Preamble 4
Salient Features
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
Fundamental Rights
Right to Equality
Right to Freedom
Fundamental Duties.
Organs of Governance:
Parliament
Composition
4 Executive 4
President
Governor
Council of Ministers
Local Administration:
District’s Administration head: Role and Importance,
Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative,
CEO of Municipal Corporation.
5 Pachayati raj: Introduction, PRI: ZilaPachayat. 4
Elected officials and their roles, CEO ZilaPachayat: Position and role.
Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments),
Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials,
Importance of grass root democracy
[ 202 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Election Commission:
ElectionCommission: Role and Functioning.
6 Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners. 4
State Election Commission: Role and Functioning.
Suggested reading
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
3. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
4. D.D. Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexis Nexis, 2015.
Course Outcomes:
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
4. Review existing evidence on the review topic to inform programme design and policy
making undertaken by the DfID, other agencies and researchers.
5. Identify critical evidence gaps to guide the development.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Introduction and Methodology:
Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and
terminology
1 4
Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
Conceptual framework, Research questions.
Overview of methodology and Searching.
Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in
2 formal and informal classrooms in developing countries. 2
Curriculum, Teacher education.
Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices
Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
3 4
How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school
curriculum and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
[ 203 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Theory of change.
Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical
practices.
Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs and Pedagogic strategies.
Professional development: alignment with classroom practices and follow-
up support
Peer support
4 4
Support from the head teacher and the community.
Curriculum and assessment
Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes
Research gaps and future directions
Research design
Contexts
5 Pedagogy 2
Teacher education
Curriculum and assessment
Dissemination and research impact.
Suggested reading
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of
basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal
Educational Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes:
Course Objectives
[ 204 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 205 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. “Srimad Bhagavad Gita” by Swami SwarupanandaAdvaita Ashram (Publication
Department), Kolkata
2. Bhartrihari’s Three Satakam (Niti-sringar-vairagya) by P.Gopinath,
Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthanam, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Study of Shrimad-Bhagwad-Geeta will help the student in developing his personality and achieve
the highest goal in life
2. The person who has studied Geeta will lead the nation and mankind to peace and prosperity
3. Study of Neetishatakam will help in developing versatile personality of students.
[ 206 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
MODEL CURRICULUM
of
Electrical Engineering
[ 207 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
7 Audit-I Audit I
Semester II
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
7 Audit-II Audit II
[ 208 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester III
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
2 OE 1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
Semester IV
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
Semester I
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
1 Core1 Mathematical Methods in Control
2 Core2 Non-Linear Systems
3 PE1 Robotics and Automation / Digital Control/ Non Linear
[ 209 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Control
4 PE2 Systems Biology/ SCADA system and Applications / Design
Aspects in Control
5 Research Methodology and IPR
6 Lab1 Control Lab 1
7 Lab2 Control Lab 2
8 Audit-I Audit I
Semester II
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
Semester III
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
Semester IV
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
[ 210 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
5. Constitution of India
6. Pedagogy Studies
7. Stress Management by Yoga
8. Personality Development through Life Enlightenment Skills.
M. Tech. (Electrical Engineering) Specialization: Power Systems
Semester I
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
8 Audit-I Audit I
Semester II
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
[ 211 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
5 Mini Project
8 Audit-II Audit II
Semester III
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
2 OE 1. Business Analytics
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
Semester IV
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
[ 212 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester I
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
Semester II
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
Semester III
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
[ 213 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
6. Waste to Energy
3 Major Project Phase – I Dissertation
Semester IV
Sr. No. Core/Elective Course Name
[ 214 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 215 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester 3
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 PE5 SCADA Systems and 3 0 0 3
Applications/FACTS and Custom Power
Devices/HVDC
2 1. Business Analytics 3 0 0 3
OE 2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
4. Cost Management of Engineering
Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
3 Major Project Phase-I Dissertation 0 0 20 10
4 Total Credits 16
Semester 4
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 Major Project Phase-II Dissertation 0 0 32 16
2 Total Credits 16
GRAND TOTAL CREDITS 68
Programme Outcomes
PO1 Apply the knowledge of science and mathematics in designing, analyzing and using power converters
for various industrial and domestic applications.
PO2 Design the modern electric machines, drives, power converters, and control circuits for
specific application.
PO3 Use modern tools, professional software platforms, embedded systems for the
diversified applications.
PO5 Solve the problems which need critical and independent thinking to show reflectivelearning.
PO6 Imagine the larger picture and correlate the domain knowledge with the globalindustrial
problems.
Audit course 1 & 2
[ 216 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4. Value Education
5. Constitution of India
6. Pedagogy Studies
7. Stress Management by Yoga
8. Personality Development through Life Enlightenment Skills.
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand Basic electrical drives and their analysis.
2. Learn Design of controller for drives.
3. Understand Scalar control of electrical drives.
Syllabus
Units Content
Dynamics of Electric Drives: Fundamentals of torque equation.
1
Speed torque convention and ulti-quadrant operation, components of load torques.
Classification of load torques steady state stability.
2 Load equation, Speed control and drive classification.
Close loop control of drives.
DC motor Drives-Modeling of DC machines.
3 Steady state characteristics with armature and speed control.
Phase controlled DC motor drives, chopper controlled DC motor drives.
Poly-phase induction machines- Dynamic modeling of induction machines.
Small signal equations, control characteristics of induction machines.
4 Phase-controlled induction machines.Stator voltage control.
Slip energy recovery scheme, frequency control and vector control of induction motor
drives.
Traction motor: Starting.Speed-Time characteristics.Braking.
5
Traction motors used in practice.
Industrial Drives-Digital Control of Electric Drives.
6
Stepper motor.Servo motor and their Applications.
Suggested reading
1. G.K, Dubey, "Power semiconductor controlled Drives", Prentice Hall international, New Jersey,
1989.
2. R.Krishanam, “Electric motor drives modeling, analysis and control”, PHI-India-2009.
3. G. K. Dubey,“Fundamentals of electric Drives, Narosa Publishing House”, 2nd edition, 2011.
4. W. Leonhard, “Control of Electrical drives”, Springer, 3rd edition, 2001.
5. P.C. Krause –, “Analysis of Electric Machine”, Wiley-IEEE press 3rdedition.
6. K. Bose,“Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Prentice Hall publication, 1st edition,
2001.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Model and simulate electric drive systems
2. Design modulation strategies of power electronics converters, for drives application
3. Design appropriate current/voltage regulators for electric drives
[ 217 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To understand the operation of an electrical machine mathematically.
2. To understand how a machine can be represented as its mathematical equivalent.
3. To develop mathematical model of AC & DC machines and perform transient analysis on them.
Syllabus
Units Content
Principles of Electromagnetic Energy Conversion.
1 General expression of stored magnetic energy.
Co-energy and force/torque, example using single and doubly excited system.
Basic Concepts of Rotating Machines-Calculation of air gap mmf and per phase
2 machine inductance using physical machine data; Voltage and torque equation of
dc machine.
Three phase symmetrical induction machine and salient pole synchronous
machines in phase variable form
3 Application of reference frame theory to three phase symmetrical induction and
synchronous machines
Dynamic direct and quadrature axis model in arbitrarily rotating reference frames.
Determination of Synchronous machine dynamic equivalent circuit parameters
4 Analysis and dynamic modeling of two phase asymmetrical induction machine and
single phase induction machine.
Special Machines - Permanent magnet synchronous machine
Surface permanent magnet (square and sinusoidal back emf type) and interior
5 permanent magnet machines
Construction and operating principle
Dynamic modelling and self-controlled operation.
Analysis of Switch Reluctance Motors.
6 Brushless D.C. Motor for space Applications
Recent trends.
Suggested reading
1. Charles Kingsle,Jr., A.E. Fitzgerald, Stephen D.Umans, “Electric Machinery”, Tata Mcgraw Hill
2. R. Krishnan, “Electric Motor & Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control”, Prentice Hall of India
3. Miller, T.J.E., “Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives”, Clarendon Press
4. P.C.Krause “Analysis of Electric Machine” Wiley IEEE Press 3rd Edition
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Knowledge about the dynamic behavior rotating machines.
2. Able to understand equivalent circuit of synchronous machines.
3. To understand various practical issues of different machines.
[ 218 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the operation of advanced power electronic circuit topologies.
2. Understand the control strategies involved.
3. Learn few practical circuits, used in practice.
Syllabus
Units Content
1 Boost type APFC and control.
Three phase utility interphases and control-Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost SMPS
2
Topologies.
Modes of operation –Push-Pull and Forward Converter Topologies - Voltage Mode
3 Control.
Half and Full Bridge Converters.
Flyback Converter.
4 Introduction to Resonant Converters.
Load Resonant Converter. Zero Voltage Switching Clamped Voltage Topologies.
Resonant DC Link Inverters with Zero Voltage Switching.
5
High Frequency Link Integral Half Cycle Converter.
Modelling and design of DC-DC Converters for various renewable energy
6 conversion.
Few power electronic circuits used in practice for controlling electric drives.
Suggested reading
1. Rashid “Power Electronics” Prentice Hall India 2007.
2. G.K.Dubey et.al “Thyristorised Power Controllers” Wiley Eastern Ltd., 2005, 06.
3. Dewan&Straughen “Power Semiconductor Circuits” John Wiley &Sons., 1975.
4. G.K. Dubey& C.R. Kasaravada “Power Electronics & Drives” Tata McGraw Hill., 1993
5. Cyril W Lander “Power Electronics” McGraw Hill., 2005.
6. B. K Bose “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives” Pearson Education (Asia)., 2007
7. Abraham I Pressman “Switching Power Supply Design” McGraw Hill Publishing Company.,
2001.
Course Outcomes:
[ 219 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To know the operation of closed and open loop optimal control.
2. Understand the adaptive control strategies.
3. Learn dynamic programming method.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Optimal control problem – fundamental concepts and theorems of calculus
1 5
of variations–Euler - Language equation and extremal of functional.
Variational approach to solving optimal control problems.
2 8
Hamiltonian and different boundary conditions for optimal control problem.
3 Linear regulator problem - Pontryagin’s minimum principle. 6
Dynamic programming - Principle of optimality and its application to
4 6
optimal control problem.
Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman equation - model reference adaptive systems
5 8
(MRAS) - Design hypothesis.
Introduction to design method based on the use of Liapunov function.
6 Design and simulation of variable structure adaptive model following 8
control.
Suggested reading
1. Donald E. Kirk, “Optimal Control Theory, An introduction”, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004
2. A.P. Sage, “Optimum Systems Control”, Prentice Hall, 1977
3. HSU and Meyer , “Modern Control, Principles and Applications”, McGraw Hill, 1968
4. Yoan D. Landu, “Adaptive Control (Model Reference Approach)”, Marcel Dekker. 1981
5. K.K.D.Young, “Design of Variable Structure Model Following Control Systems”, IEEE
Transactions on Automatic Control, Vol. 23, pp 1079-1085, 1978.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Knowledge in the mathematical area of calculus of variation so as to apply the same for solving
optimal control problems.
2. Problem formulation, performance measure and mathematical treatment of optimal control
problems.
3. Acquire knowledge on solving optimal control design problems by taking into consideration the
physical constraints on practical control systems.
4. To obtain optimal solutions to controller design problems taking into consideration the limitation
on control energy in the real practical world.
PE 1: POWER QUALITY
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the different power quality issues to be addressed
2. Understand the recommended practices by various standard bodies like IEEE, IEC, etc. on
voltage & frequency, harmonics
3. Understanding STATIC VAR Compensators
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
[ 220 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. G.T. Heydt, “Electric power quality”, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2007
2. Math H. Bollen, “Understanding Power Quality Problems”, IEEE Press, 2000
3. J. Arrillaga, “Power System Quality Assessment”, John wiley, 2000
4. J. Arrillaga, B.C. Smith, N.R. Watson & A. R.Wood ,”Power system Harmonic Analysis”, Wiley,
1997
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Acquire knowledge about the harmonics, harmonic introducing devices and effect of
harmonicson system equipment and loads
2. develop analytical modeling skills needed for modeling and analysis of harmonics innetworks
and components
3. To introduce the student to active power factor correction based on static VAR compensators
andits control techniques
4. To introduce the student to series and shunt active power filtering techniques for harmonics.
[ 221 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Learn Performance characteristics of machine.
2. To understand the dynamics of the machine.
3. To understand how to determine stability of machine.
4. Learn the synchronous machine analysis.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Stability.
Primitive 4 Winding Commutator Machine. Commutator Primitive
1 Machine. 6
Complete Voltage Equation of Primitive 4 Winding Commutator
Machine.
Torque Equation. Analysis of Simple DC Machines using the Primitive
Machine Equations.
2 The Three Phase Induction Motor.Transformed Equations. 10
Different Reference Frames for Induction Motor Analysis Transfer
Function Formulation.
Three Phase Salient Pole Synchronous Machine.
3 6
Parks Transformation- Steady State Analysis.
Large Signal Transient. Small Oscillation Equations in State Variable
4 form 6
Dynamical Analysis of Interconnected Machines.
Large Signal Transient Analysis using Transformed Equations.
5 8
DC Generator /DC Motor System.
6 Alternator /Synchronous Motor System. 4
Suggested reading
1. D.P. Sengupta & J.B. Lynn,” Electrical Machine Dynamics”, The Macmillan Press Ltd. 1980
2. R Krishnan “Electric Motor Drives, Modeling, Analysis, and Control”, Pearson Education., 2001
3. P.C. Kraus, “Analysis of Electrical Machines”, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987
4. I. Boldia & S.A. Nasar,,”Electrical Machine Dynamics”, The Macmillan Press Ltd. 1992
5. C.V. Jones, “The Unified Theory of Electrical Machines”, Butterworth, London. 1967
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. Formulation of electrodynamic equations of all electric machines and analyze the performance
characteristics
2. Knowledge of transformations for the dynamic analysis of machines
3. Knowledge of determination of stability of the machines under small signal and transient
conditions
4. Study about synchronous machine
[ 222 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the various static converters
2. Understand the static converter control strategies
3. Understand the active and reactive power compensation and their control
4. Understand harmonic filtering and its control design.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Fundamentals of Load Compensation.
Steady-State Reactive Power Control in Electric Transmission Systems.
1 6
Reactive Power Compensation and
Dynamic Performance of Transmission Systems.
Power Quality Issues: Sags, Swells, Unbalance, Flicker, Distortion.
2 Current Harmonics.Sources of Harmonics in Distribution Systems and Ill 6
Effects .
Static Reactive Power Compensators and their control.Shunt
Compensators.
SVCs of Thyristor Switched and Thyristor Controlled types and their
control,
STATCOMs and their control.
3 10
Series Compensators of thyristor Switched and Controlled Type and their
Control.
SSSC and its Control, Sub-Synchronous Resonance and damping.
Use of STATCOMs and SSSCs for Transient and Dynamic Stability
Improvement in Power System.
Converters for Static Compensation.
Single Phase and Three Phase Converters and Standard Modulation
Strategies (Programmed Harmonic Elimination and SPWM).
GTO Inverters. Multi-Pulse Converters and Interface Magnetics.
4 8
Multi-Level Inverters of Diode Clamped Type and Flying Capacitor Type
and suitable modulation strategies (includes SVM).
Multi-level inverters of Cascade Type and their modulation. Current
Control of Inverters.
Passive Harmonic Filtering.
Single Phase Shunt Current Injection Type Filter and its Control.
Three Phase Three-wire Shunt Active Filtering and their control using p-q
theory and d-q modeling.
5 8
Three phase four wire shunt active filters.
Hybrid Filtering using Shunt Active Filters.
Dynamic Voltage Restorer and its control.
Power Quality Conditioner
Series Active Filtering in Harmonic Cancellation Mode.
6 4
Series Active Filtering in Harmonic Isolation Mode.
Suggested reading
[ 223 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts and basic operation of PWM converters, including basic circuit
operation and design.
2. Understand the steady-state and dynamic analysis of PWM converters along with the
applications like solid state drives and power quality.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
AC/DC and DC/AC power conversion
1 Overview of applications of voltage source converters and current source 6
converters.
Pulse width modulation techniques for bridge converters
2 Bus clamping PWM.Space vector based PWM. 6
Advanced PWM techniques.
Practical devices in converter.
3 4
Calculation of switching and conduction power losses.
Compensation for dead time and DC voltage regulation.
4 Dynamic model of PWM converter.Multilevel converters. 8
Constant V/F induction motor drives.
Estimation of current ripple and torque ripple in inverter fed drives.
5 8
Line-side converters with power factor compensation.
Active power filtering.Reactive power compensation.
Harmonic current compensation.
6 8
Selective harmonic elimination PWM technique for high power electric
drives.
Suggested reading
1. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, “Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design”,
John’s Wiley and Sons.
2. Erickson RW, “Fundamentals of Power Electronics”, Chapman and Hall.
3. Vithyathil. J, “Power Electronics: Principles and Applications”, McGraw Hill.
Course Outcomes:
[ 224 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts and basic operation of PWM converters, including basic circuit
operation and design
2. Understand the steady-state and dynamic analysis of PWM converters along with the
applications like solid state drives and power quality
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Energy auditing: Types and objectives.
Audit instruments- ECO assessment and Economic methods specific
1 6
energy analysis.
Minimum energy paths-consumption models-Case study.
Electric Motors-Energy efficient controls and starting Efficiency.
Motor Efficiency and Load Analysis.
Energy efficient /high efficient Motors-Case study.
2 Load Matching and selection of motors. Variable speed drives. 8
Pumps and Fans-Efficient Control strategies.
Optimal selection and sizing.Optimal operation and Storage: Case
study.
Transformer Loading/Efficiency analysis.
Feeder/cable loss evaluation: Case study.Reactive Power
3 Management. 6
Capacitor Sizing-Degree of compensation.
Capacitor losses-Location-Placement Maintenance, Case study.
Peak Demand controls- Methodologies.
Types of Industrial loads-Optimal Load
Scheduling-case study. Lighting- Energy efficient light sources.
4 8
Energy conservation in Lighting Schemes.
Electronic ballast-Power quality issues.
Uminaries: case study
Cogeneration-types and Schemes.
Optimal operation of cogeneration plants-case study.
5 Electric loads of Air conditioning & Refrigeration. 8
Energy conservation measures.
Cool storage. Types-optimal operation case study.
Electric water heating, Gysers, Solar Water Heaters
6 Power Consumption in Compressors. 8
Energy conservation measures.
[ 225 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:
List of experiments:
1. Study of Thyristor controlled D.C Drive.
2. Study of Chopper Fed DC Motor.
3. Study of A.C single phase motor speed control using TRIAC.
4. PWM inverter fed three phase induction motor control using PSPICE/MATLAB/PSIM
software.
5. VSI/CSI fed induction motor drive analysis using MATLAB/PSPICE/PSIM software.
6. Study of V/f control operation of three phase induction motor.
7. Study of permanent magnet synchronous motor drive fed by PWM inverter using software.
8. Regenerative/ Dynamic breaking operatation for DC motor study using software.
9. Regenerative/ Dynamic breaking operatation for AC motor study using software.
10. PC/PLC based AC/DC motor control operation.
List of experiments:
1. Load test on dc shunt motor to draw speed – torque and horse power – efficiency characteristics.
2. Field Test on dc series machines.
3. Speed control of dc shunt motor by armature and field control.
4. Swinburne's Test on dc motor.
5. Retardation test on dc shunt motor.
6. Regenerative test on dc shunt machines.
7. Load test on three phase induction motor.
[ 226 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
8. No load and Blocked rotor test on three phase induction motor to draw (i) equivalent circuit and
(ii) circle diagram. Determination of performance parameters at different load conditions from
(i) and (ii).
9. Load test on induction generator.
10. Load test on single phase induction motor to draw output versus torque, current, power and
efficiency characteristics.
11. Conduct suitable tests to draw the equivalent circuit of single phase induction motor and
determine performance parameters.
12. Conduct an experiment to draw V and curves of synchronous motor at no load and load
conditions.
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
[ 227 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection, analysis,
interpretation, Necessary instrumentations
Unit 2: Effective literature studies approaches, analysis
Plagiarism, Research ethics,
Unit 3: Effective technical writing, how to write report, Paper
Developing a Research Proposal, Format of research proposal, a presentation and assessment
by a review committee
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for grants
of patents, Patenting under PCT.
Unit 5: Patent Rights: Scope of Patent Rights. Licensing and transfer of technology. Patent
information and databases. Geographical Indications.
Unit 6: New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System. New developments in
IPR; IPR of Biological Systems, Computer Software etc. Traditional knowledge Case Studies,
IPR and IITs.
References:
Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for science &
engineering students’”
Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
Ranjit Kumar, 2nd Edition, “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for beginners”
Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
Mayall , “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Niebel , “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Asimov , “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley, “ Intellectual Property in New
Technological Age”, 2016.
T. Ramappa, “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008
SEMESTER 2
[ 228 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbin, “Power Electronics: converters, Application and design”,
John’s Wiley and sons. Inc, Newyork.
2. M.H.Rashid, “Power Electronics”, Prentice Hall of India 1994.
Course Outcomes:
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To understand different control strategies
2. To understand state space modeling of different converters
3. To perform simulation of different power converters
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Review of numerical methods.
1 Application of numerical methods to solve transients in D.C. 6
Switched R, L, R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits. Extension to AC circuits.
Modelling of diode in simulation.
Diode with R, R-L, R-C and R-L-C load with AC supply.
Modelling of SCR, TRIAC, IGBT and Power Transistors in simulation.
2 8
Application of numerical methods to R, L, C circuits with power
electronic switches.
Simulation of gate/base drive circuits, simulation of snubber circuits.
3 State space modelling and simulation of linear systems. 6
[ 229 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Simulink Reference Manual, Math works, USA
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. To provide knowledge on modelling and simulation of power simulation circuits and systems.
2. The candidate will be able to simulate power electronic systems and analyse the system response.
PE3:SWITCHED MODE AND RESONANT CONVERTERS
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To understand different types of converters
2. To understand different switch mode topologies & control methods
3. To understand different resonant converter topologies.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost SMPS Topologies.
Basic Operation-Waveforms - modes of operation -switching stresses.
Switching and conduction losses. Optimum switching frequency.
Practical voltage, current and power limits - design relations.
1 6
Voltage mode control principles.
Push-Pull and Forward Converter Topologies - Basic Operation,
Waveforms.
Flux Imbalance Problem and Solutions
Transformer Design. Output Filter Design. Switching Stresses and Losses.
Forward Converter Magnetics. Voltage Mode Control.
2 Half and Full Bridge Converters. Basic Operation and Waveforms. 8
Magnetics, Output Filter, Flux Imbalance, Switching Stresses and Losses,
Power Limits, Voltage Mode Control.
Classification of Resonant Converters. Basic Resonant Circuit Concepts.
3 6
Load Resonant Converter, Resonant Switch Converter, Zero.
[ 230 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes
1. Acquire knowledge about the principles of operation of non-isolated and isolatedhard-switched
DC-DC converters.
2. Acquire knowledge on various loss components in a switched mode converter andchoice of
switching frequency with a view towards design of such converters.
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To understand the energy demand scenario
2. To understand the modeling of load and its ease to study load demand industrially
3. To know Electricity pricing models
4. Study Reactive power management in Industries
Syllabus
[ 231 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. C.O. Bjork “Industrial Load Management - Theory, Practice and Simulations", Elsevier, the
Netherlands,1989.
2. C.W. Gellings and S.N. Talukdar, “Load management concepts,” IEEE Press, New York, 1986,
pp. 3-28.
3. Y. Manichaikul and F.C. Schweppe ," Physically based Industrial load", IEEE Trans. on PAS,
April 1981.
4. H. G. Stoll, "Least cost Electricity Utility Planning”, Wiley Interscience Publication, USA, 1989.
5. I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, .Modern Power System Engineering., Tata McGraw Hill
publishers, New Delhi, 1995.
6. IEEE Bronze Book- “Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and cost effective
planningin Industrial facilities”, IEEE Inc, USA.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Knowledge about load control techniques in industries and its application.
2. Different types of industrial processes and optimize the process using tools like LINDO and
LINGO.
3. Apply load management to reduce demand of electricity during peak time.
4. Apply different energy saving opportunities in industries.
PE 3: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
[ 232 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 233 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
signals
5. Design of optimum FIR and IIR filters
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To understand the architecture of advance microcontrollers
2. To understand the applications of these controllers
3. To get some introduction to FPGA.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Basic Computer Organization.
1 Accumulator based processes-Architecture-Memory 6
Organization-I/O Organization
Micro-Controllers-Intel 8051, Intel 8056- Registers, Memories.
2 8
I/O Ports, Serial Communication. Timers, Interrupts, Programming.
Intel 8051 – Assembly language programming-Addressing-Operations-
3 6
Stack & Subroutines,Interrupts-DMA.
PIC 16F877- Architecture Programming.
4 8
Interfacing Memory/ I/O Devices, Serial I/Oand data communication
Digital Signal Processor (DSP) - Architecture – Programming,
5 8
Introduction to FPGA
Microcontroller development for motor control applications.
6 8
Stepper motor control using micro controller.
Suggested reading
1. John.F.Wakerly: “Microcomputer Architecture and Programming”, John Wiley and Sons 1981.
2. Ramesh S.Gaonker: “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the
8085”, Penram International Publishing (India), 1994.
3. Raj Kamal: “The Concepts and Features of Microcontrollers”, Wheeler Publishing, 2005.
4. Kenneth J. Ayala, “The 8051 microcontroller”, Cengage Learning, 2004.
5. John Morton,” The PIC microcontroller: your personal introductory course”, Elsevier, 2005.
6. Dogan Ibrahim,” Advanced PIC microcontroller projects in C: from USB to RTOS with the
PIC18F Series”, Elsevier, 2008.
7. Microchip datasheets for PIC16F877.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. To learn how to program a processor in assembly language and develop an advanced processor
based system
2. To learn configuring and using different peripherals in a digital system
3. To compile and debug a Program
4. To generate an executable file and use it
PE 4:DISTRIBUTED GENERATION
Course Objectives:
[ 234 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. H. Lee Willis, Walter G. Scott, “Distributed Power Generation – Planning and Evaluation”,
Marcel Decker Press.
2. M.GodoySimoes, Felix A.Farret, “Renewable Energy Systems – Design and Analysis with
Induction Generators”, CRC press.
3. Stuart Borlase. “Smart Grid: Infrastructure Technology Solutions” CRC Press
Course outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. To understand the planning and operational issues related to Distributed Generation.
2. Acquire Knowledge about Distributed Generation Learn Micro-Grids
PE 4:SMART GRIDS
Course Objectives:
[ 235 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Ali Keyhani, “Design of smart power grid renewable energy systems”, Wiley IEEE,2011.
2. Clark W. Gellings, “The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand Response”, CRC
Press, 2009.
[ 236 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes
1. Write a program to multiplication and division using MUL and DIV instructions.
2. Write a program to transfer a block of data from internal memory to external memory.
3. Write a program to exchange two set of eight-byte data.
4. Write a program to find the sum of two numbers in decimal.
5. Write a program to convert decimal number to hexadecimal.
6. Write a program to add a number n, m number of times.
7. Write program to find the largest from a set of n numbers.
8. Write program for sorting the given set of numbers.
[ 237 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
SEMESTER -3
PE 5:SCADA SYSTEM AND APPLICATIONS
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To understand what is meant by SCADA and its functions.
2. To know SCADA communication.
3. To get an insight into its application.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Introduction to SCADA: Data acquisition systems, Evolution of SCADA,
1 6
Communication technologies.
Monitoring and supervisory functions, SCADA applications in Utility
2 Automation, 8
Industries SCADA
Industries SCADA System Components: Schemes- Remote Terminal
Unit (RTU),
3 Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED), Programmable Logic Controller 6
(PLC), Communication Network, SCADA Server, SCADA/HMI
Systems
SCADA Architecture: Various SCADA architectures, advantages and
4 disadvantages of each system - single unified standard architecture -IEC 6
61850.
SCADA Communication: various industrial communication technologies
5 -wired and wireless methods and fiber optics. open standard 6
communication protocols.
SCADA Applications: Utility applications- Transmission and
6 Distribution sector- 8
operations, monitoring, analysis and improvement. Industries - oil, gas
[ 238 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
and water.
Case studies, Implementation, Simulation Exercises
Suggested reading
Course Outcomes
1. Describe the basic tasks of Supervisory Control Systems (SCADA) as well as their
typicalapplications.
2. Acquire knowledge about SCADA architecture, various advantages and disadvantages of
eachsystem.
3. Knowledge about single unified standard architecture IEC 61850.
4. To learn about SCADA system components: remote terminal units, PLCs, intelligent electronic
devices, HMI systems, SCADA server.
5. Learn and understand about SCADA applications in transmission and distribution sector,
industries etc.
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. To learn the active and reactive power flow control in power system
2. To understand the need for static compensators
3. To develop the different control strategies used for compensation
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Reactive power flow control in Power Systems – Control of dynamic
power unbalances in Power System.
Power flow control -Constraints of maximum transmission line loading –
Benefits of FACTS Transmission line compensation.
1 6
Uncompensated line -Shunt compensation - Series compensation –Phase
angle control. Reactive power compensation.
Shunt andSeries compensation principles – Reactive compensation at
transmission and distribution level .
Static versus passive VAR compensator, Static shunt compensators: SVC
and STATCOM - Operation and control of TSC, TCR and STATCOM -
2 8
Compensator control.
Comparison between SVC and STATCOM.
Static series compensation: TSSC, SSSC -Static voltage and phase angle
3 regulators – TCVR and TCPAR Operation and Control –Applications, 6
Static series compensation – GCSC,TSSC, TCSC and Static synchronous
[ 239 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Acquire knowledge about the fundamental principles of Passive and Active Reactive Power
Compensation Schemes at Transmission and Distribution level in Power Systems.
2. Learn various Static VAR Compensation Schemes like Thyristor/GTO Controlled.
3. Reactive Power Systems, PWM Inverter based Reactive Power Systems and their controls.
4. To develop analytical modeling skills needed for modeling and analysis of such Static
VARSystems.
PE5: HVDC
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand state of the art HVDC technology.
2. Learn the Methods to carry out modeling and analysis of HVDC system frontier-area power
flow regulation.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Development of HVDC Technology, DC versus AC
1 6
Transmission,Selection of converter configuration.
Rectifier and Inverter operation, Digital Simulation of converters, Control
2 8
of HVDC converters and Systems.
[ 240 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. J. Arrillaga, “High Voltage Direct Transmission”, Peter Peregrinus Ltd. London, 1983.
2. K. R. Padiyar, “HVDC Power Transmission Systems”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
3. E. W. Kimbark, “Direct Current Transmission”, Vol. I, Wiley Interscience, 1971.
4. Erich Uhlmann, “Power Transmission by Direct Current”, B.S. Publications, 2004.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. To expose the students to the state of the art HVDC technology.
2. Knowledge of modelling and analysis of HVDC system for inter-area power flow regulation.
3. Study of Neetishatakam will help in developing.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Course Name Business Analytics
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
1. Understand the role of business analytics within an organization.
2. Analyze data using statistical and data mining techniques and understand relationships
between the underlying business processes of an organization.
3. To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate and solve
business problems and to support managerial decision making.
4. To become familiar with processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business data.
5. Use decision-making tools/Operations research techniques.
6. Mange business process using analytical and management tools.
7. Analyze and solve problems from different industries such as manufacturing, service, retail,
software, banking and finance, sports, pharmaceutical, aerospace etc.
[ 241 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
LECTURES
Unit1:
Business analytics: Overview of Business analytics, Scope of Business
analytics, Business Analytics Process, Relationship of Business Analytics
Process and organisation, competitive advantages of Business Analytics. 9
Statistical Tools: Statistical Notation, Descriptive Statistical methods,
Review of probability distribution and data modelling, sampling and
estimation methods overview.
Unit 2:
Trendiness and Regression Analysis: Modelling Relationships and Trends in
Data, simple Linear Regression.
Important Resources, Business Analytics Personnel, Data and models for 8
Business analytics, problem solving, Visualizing and Exploring Data,
Business Analytics Technology.
Unit 3:
Organization Structures of Business analytics, Team management,
Management Issues, Designing Information Policy, Outsourcing, Ensuring
Data Quality, Measuring contribution of Business analytics, Managing 9
Changes.
Descriptive Analytics, predictive analytics, predicative Modelling, Predictive
analytics analysis, Data Mining, Data Mining Methodologies, Prescriptive
analytics and its step in the business analytics Process, Prescriptive
Modelling, nonlinear Optimization.
Unit 4:
Forecasting Techniques: Qualitative and Judgmental Forecasting, Statistical
Forecasting Models, Forecasting Models for Stationary Time Series,
Forecasting Models for Time Series with a Linear Trend, Forecasting Time 10
Series with Seasonality, Regression Forecasting with Casual Variables,
Selecting Appropriate Forecasting Models.
Monte Carlo Simulation and Risk Analysis: Monte Carle Simulation Using
Analytic Solver Platform, New-Product Development Model, Newsvendor
Model, Overbooking Model, Cash Budget Model.
Unit 5:
Decision Analysis: Formulating Decision Problems, Decision Strategies with 8
the without Outcome Probabilities, Decision Trees, The Value of
Information, Utility and Decision Making.
Unit 6:
Recent Trends in : Embedded and collaborative business intelligence, Visual 4
data recovery, Data Storytelling and Data journalism.
COURSE OUTCOMES
[ 242 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Reference:
1. Business analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications by Marc J. Schniederjans, Dara G.
Schniederjans, Christopher M. Starkey, Pearson FT Press.
2. Business Analytics by James Evans, persons Education.
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical
hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948
for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure
vessels, etc, Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition,
principle and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for
problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s
like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler,
vi. Electrical motors, Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets,
Program and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment,
advantages of preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
[ 243 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
OPEN ELECTIVES
Operations Research
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 3 hrs/week
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic
Programming, Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation
References:
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 244 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational
control; Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with
significance. Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts
and Network diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target
costing, Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.
Activity-Based Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis.
Budgetary Control; Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of
Divisional profitability pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
References:
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 245 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon
composites: Knitting, Braiding, Weaving. Properties and applications.
UNIT–IV: Manufacturing of Polymer Matrix Composites: Preparation of Moulding compounds and
prepregs – hand layup method – Autoclave method – Filament winding method – Compression
moulding – Reaction injection moulding. Properties and applications.
UNIT – V: Strength: Laminar Failure Criteria-strength ratio, maximum stress criteria, maximum
strain criteria, interacting failure criteria, hygrothermal failure. Laminate first play failure-insight
strength; Laminate strength-ply discount truncated maximum strain criterion; strength design using
caplet plots; stress concentrations.
TEXT BOOKS:
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest
residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods -
Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs,
Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion -
[ 246 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Types of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production -
Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I &
II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Planning and Preparation, Word Order, Breaking up long sentences, 4
Structuring Paragraphs and Sentences, Being Concise and Removing
Redundancy, Avoiding Ambiguity and Vagueness
2 Clarifying Who Did What, Highlighting Your Findings, Hedging and 4
Criticising, Paraphrasing and Plagiarism, Sections of a Paper, Abstracts.
Introduction
3 Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The 4
Final Check.
4 key skills are needed when writing a Title, key skills are needed when 4
writing an Abstract, key skills are needed when writing an Introduction,
skills needed when writing a Review of the Literature,
5 skills are needed when writing the Methods, skills needed when writing the 4
Results, skills are needed when writing the Discussion, skills are needed
when writing the Conclusions
6 useful phrases, how to ensure paper is as good as it could possibly be the 4
first- time submission
Suggested Studies:
1. Goldbort R (2006) Writing for Science, Yale University Press (available on Google Books)
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM. Highman’s
book .
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and
humanitarian response.
[ 247 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice from
multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance in
specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the countries
they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types And
Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special
Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co-
Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In Risk
Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends In
Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of
Disaster Mitigation In India.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
[ 248 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
enhancing the memory power
4. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-Vempati Kutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
AUDIT 1 and 2: VALUE EDUCATION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1.Understand value of education and self- development
2. Imbibe good values in students
3. Let the should know about the importance of character
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Values and self-development –Social values and individual 4
attitudes. Work ethics, Indian vision of humanism.
Moral and non- moral valuation. Standards and principles.
Value judgements
2 Importance of cultivation of values. 6
Sense of duty. Devotion, Self-reliance. Confidence,
Concentration. Truthfulness, Cleanliness.
Honesty, Humanity. Power of faith, National Unity.
Patriotism.Love for nature ,Discipline
3 Personality and Behavior Development - Soul and Scientific 6
attitude. Positive Thinking. Integrity and discipline.
[ 249 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1 Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’ constitutional
role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in
the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
2 Preamble 4
Salient Features
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
3 4
Fundamental Rights
[ 250 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Right to Equality
Right to Freedom
Right against Exploitation
Right to Freedom of Religion
Cultural and Educational Rights
Right to Constitutional Remedies
Directive Principles of State Policy
Fundamental Duties.
Organs of Governance:
Parliament
Composition
Qualifications and Disqualifications
Powers and Functions
4 Executive 4
President
Governor
Council of Ministers
Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer of Judges, Qualifications
Powers and Functions
Local Administration:
District’s Administration head: Role and Importance,
Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative,
CEO of Municipal Corporation.
5 Pachayati raj: Introduction, PRI: Zila Pachayat. 4
Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Pachayat: Position and role.
Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments),
Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials,
Importance of grass root democracy
Election Commission:
Election Commission: Role and Functioning.
6 Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners. 4
State Election Commission: Role and Functioning.
Institute and Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women.
Suggested reading
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
3. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
4. D.D. Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexis Nexis, 2015.
Course Outcomes:
[ 251 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
4. Review existing evidence on the review topic to inform programme design and policy
making undertaken by the DfID, other agencies and researchers.
5. Identify critical evidence gaps to guide the development.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
Introduction and Methodology:
Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and
terminology
1 4
Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
Conceptual framework, Research questions.
Overview of methodology and Searching.
Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in
2 formal and informal classrooms in developing countries. 2
Curriculum, Teacher education.
Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices
Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school
curriculum and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
3 Theory of change. 4
Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical
practices.
Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs and Pedagogic strategies.
Professional development: alignment with classroom practices and follow-
up support
Peer support
4 4
Support from the head teacher and the community.
Curriculum and assessment
Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes
Research gaps and future directions
Research design
Contexts
5 Pedagogy 2
Teacher education
Curriculum and assessment
Dissemination and research impact.
Suggested reading
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
[ 252 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of
basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal
Educational Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes:
Course Objectives
1. To achieve overall health of body and mind
2. To overcome stress
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Definitions of Eight parts of yog. ( Ashtanga ) 8
2 Yam and Niyam. 8
Do`s and Don’t’s in life.
i) Ahinsa, satya, astheya, bramhacharya and aparigraha
ii) Shaucha, santosh, tapa, swadhyay, ishwarpranidhan
3 Asan and Pranayam 8
i) Various yog poses and their benefits for mind & body
ii)Regularization of breathing techniques and its effects-Types of
pranayam
Suggested reading
1. ‘Yogic Asanas for Group Tarining-Part-I” : Janardan Swami Yogabhyasi Mandal, Nagpur
2. “Rajayoga or conquering the Internal Nature” by Swami Vivekananda, Advaita Ashrama
(Publication Department), Kolkata
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Develop healthy mind in a healthy body thus improving social health also
2. Improve efficiency
[ 253 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives
1. To learn to achieve the highest goal happily
2. To become a person with stable mind, pleasing personality and determination
3. To awaken wisdom in students
Syllabus
[ 254 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester 2
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 Core3 Optimal Control Theory 3 0 0 3
2 Core4 Stochastic Filtering and Identification 3 0 0 3
3 PE3 Advance Control System/ Advanced 3 0 0 3
Robotics/ Adaptive Learning and Control
4 PE4 Model Reduction in Control/ Robust 3 0 0 3
Control/ Networked and Multi-agent
Control Systems/Advanced DSP
Mini Project with Seminar 0 0 4 2
5 Lab3 Advanced Control Lab 1 0 0 4 2
6 Lab4 Advanced Control Lab 2 0 0 4 2
7 Audit-II Audit-II 2 0 0 0
8 Total Credits18
Semester 3
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 PE5 Modeling and Control of Distributed 3 0 0 3
Parameter Systems/ Stochastic
Control/Computational Methods
2 OE 1. Business Analytics 3 0 0 3
2. Industrial Safety
3. Operations Research
4. Cost Management of Engineering
[ 255 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Projects
5. Composite Materials
6. Waste to Energy
3 Major Project Phase – I Dissertation 0 0 20 10
4 Total Credits 16
Semester 4
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 Major Project Phase – II Dissertation 0 0 32 16
2 Total Credits16
GRAND TOTAL CREDITS 68
Programme Outcomes
[ 256 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. G. Strang, “Introduction to Linear Algebra”, 4 th Edition, Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 2009
2. Papoulis & Pillai, “Probability, random variable and stochastic processes”, Mcgraw Hill, 2002
3. H. Stark & J.W. Woods, “Probability and random processes with application to signal
processing”, Pearson Education Asia, 2002
4. J A Gubner: “Probability and Random processes for Electrical and Computer engineers”,
Cambridge Univ. Press. 2006
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Apply matrix properties and functions to a given problem
2. Use eigen values and eigen vectors
3. Find out responses of linear systems to any given input signal
CORE2: NON - LINEAR SYSTEMS
Course Objectives
1. Introduce fundamental concepts of nonlinear dynamical systems
2. Understanding basic tools for mathematical analysis as well as applications
Syllabus
[ 257 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit Content
Suggested reading
1. H. K. Khalil, “Nonlinear systems”, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2001
2. J. J. E. Slotine and W. Li, “Applied nonlinear systems”, Prentice Hall, 1991
3. A. Nijemjer and A. van der schaft, “Nonlinear dynamical control systems”, Springer, 1989
4. M. Vidyasagar, “Nonlinear Systems Analysis, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics”,
2002
5. S. Strogatz, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos”, Westview Press, 2001
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1.Explore tools for stability analysis and response evaluation of control problems with significant
nonlinearities
2. Identify the design problem and distinguish between the controls strategies
3. Correlate between design parameters and the system performance
PE 1: ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
Course objectives
1. To study the various parts of robots and fields of robotics
2. To study the various kinematics and inverse kinematics of robots
3. To study the trajectory planning for robot
4. To study the control of robots for some specific applications
Syllabus
Unit Content
1 BASIC CONCEPTS: Definition and origin of robotics, different types of robotics
Various generations of robots, degrees of freedom, Asimov’s laws of robotics,
dynamic stabilization of robots
2 POWER SOURCES AND SENSORS : Hydraulic, pneumatic and electric drives
Determination of HP of motor and gearing: ratio, variable speed arrangements,
[ 258 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. K. Ogata, “Discrete-time Control Systems’, Ed. 2, Prentice-Hall, 1995.
[ 259 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Benjamin C. Kuo, “Digital Control Systems”, Ed. 2, Oxford Uiversity Press, 1999
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Model digital filters and systems
2. Analyse digital systems in time domain and frequency domain
3. Model and analyse digital systems in state space representation
4. Design controllers for digital systems in state space representation
PE 1:NONLINEAR CONTROL
Course Objectives
1. To study concepts and techniques for stability analysis
2. Learning control design of nonlinear systems
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 260 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Unit Content
Suggested reading
1. N. G. van Kampen, “Stochastic Processes in Physics and Chemistry”, North-Holland 3rd edition 2007
2. U. Alon, “An Introduction to Systems Biology, Chapman & Hall/ CRC Mathematical and
Computational Biology”, 2006
3. J. D. Murray, “Mathematical Biology parts I & II”, Springer 3rd edition, 2007
4. E. Klippet. al, “Systems Biology”, Wiley-Blackwell, 2009
5. S. Strogatz, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos”, Westview Press, 2001
6. D. D. Vecchio& R. M. Murray, “Biomolecular Feedback Systems”, Princeton University Press, 2014
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Understand and apply mathematical models to design a particular system
2. Apply feed-forward loops to design a biological control system
PE 2: SCADA SYSTEM AND APPLICATIONS
Course Objectives
1. To understand what is meant by SCADA and its functions
2. To know SCADA communication
3. To get an insight into its application
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 261 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 262 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Unit Content
1 System Modelling,
review of concepts
2 FOPDT and SOPDT systems and identification Smith Predictor and its
variations
3 PID Controllers – review PID Tuning – Ziegler Nichols, Cohen-Coon
techniques
4 State feedback review – pole placement, Eigen structure assignment,
Eigen structure – time response relation,
Controller gain selection, controller robustness, disturbance rejection
5 Frequency Domain Loop Shaping
Lag, Lead and Lag-lead compensators,
Zero dynamics in servo control, Unstable zero dynamics – control design
6 Observer – concept and design, Case studies - Applications
Suggested reading
1. Karl J. Astrom, Richard M. Murray, “Feedback Sytems : An Introduction for Scientists and
Engineers”, Princeton University Press, 2010.
2. Thomas Kailath : “Linear Systems”, Prentice-Hall
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Model a control system given its parameters
2. Decide gains of the controllers like PI,PID in a given control system
LAB 1 - CONTROL LAB 1
Syllabus
S.No. List of experiment
1 Design and simulation of Linearised models using MATLAB/PSPICE.
2 Simulation and analysis of State space models for continuous time and discrete
time systems using MATLAB/PSPICE
3 Design and Simulation of LTI models of Feedback Control System using
MATLAB/PSPICE
4 Simulation and analysis of Digital Control System using MATLAB/PSPICE.
[ 263 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
[ 264 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 265 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Combine the mathematical methods used in optimal control to derive the solution to variations of
the problems studied in the course
2. Use the standard algorithms for numerical solution of optimal control problems and use Matlab to
solve fairly simple but realistic problems
3. Integrate the tools learnt during the course and apply them to more complex problems
Course Objectives
1. To introduce fundamental concepts of stochastic filtering, prediction, control
2. To introduce non-linear system identification
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 266 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Papoulis & Pillai, “Probability, random variable and stochastic processes”, McGraw Hill, 2002
2. T. Soderstrom and P. Stoica: “System Identification”, Prentice-Hall, 1989
3. LennartLjung: “System Identification, Prentice-Hall”, 2nd edition, 1999
4. S. Thomas Alexander: “Adaptive Signal processing, Theory and applications”, Springer-Verlag,
1986
5. R. Isermann and M. Munchhof: “Identification of Dynamic Systems”, Springer-Verlag, 2011
6. B. D. O. Anderson and J. B. Moore: “Optimal Filtering, Dover Books on Electrical Engineering”,
2005
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Develop skills in analyzing and interpreting the results
2. Master essential stochastic modeling tools including Markov chains and queuing theory
3. Formulate and solve problems which involve setting up stochastic models
PE 3: ADVANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Course Objectives
1. The course provides glimpses into the advanced methods of modeling and analysis of the
dynamical systems
2. The course is a strong step in inculcating the research aptitude in the students
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 267 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Apply the concepts of linear algebra and their applications to control system
2. Analyze the system dynamics and Lyapunov stability theory
3. Design linear quadratic controller
PE 3: ADVANCED ROBOTICS
Course Objectives
1. This course gives an in-depth view into the mathematical methods for modeling and control of
robotic manipulator
2. Introduction to Mobile Robots
Syllabus
Unit Content
1 Review of Transformations,
DH Convention and Kinematics,
[ 268 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Mark W. Spong, Seth Huchinson and M. Vidyasagar, "Robot Modeling and Control", John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2005
2. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics & Control”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2004
3. Richard Murray, A. Lee, S. Sastry, “A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation”,
CRC Press, 1994
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Able to design a robotic control
2. Able to apply non-linear techniques to any control problem
3. Able to model mobile robot
PE 3: ADAPTIVE LEARNING AND CONTROL
Course Objectives
1. To introduce adaptive and learning techniques for control design for uncertain dynamical
systems
2. Introduction to learning based control
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 269 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. H. K. Khalil, “Nonlinear Systems”, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2002
2. S. Sastry and M. Bodson, “Adaptive Control”, Prentice-Hall, 1989
3. K. S. Narendra and A. M. Annaswamy, “Stable Adaptive Systems”, Prentice-Hall, 1989
4.J.J.E. Slotine, and W. Li, “Applied Nonlinear Control”, Prentice-Hall, 1991
5.P. Ioannou& B. Fidan, “Adaptive Control Tutorial”, SIAM, Philadelpia, PA, 2006
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Understand detailed knowledge of classical system identification and the development and
properties of various methods
2. Understand detailed knowledge of on-line parameter estimation
3. Understand knowledge of adaptive control systems and their development and properties
4. Understand knowledge of methods and tools for stability analysis of adaptive systems
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 270 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4. C. Edwards and S. Spurgeon, “Sliding Mode Control : Theory and Applications”, CRC Press,1998
5. B. Bandyopadhyay, S. Janardhanan and S. Spurgeon, “Advances in Sliding Mode”, Springer, 2013
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Apply model reduction techniques for a given control design problem
2. Design control loops for all techniques
3. Know modern methods
PE 4: ROBUST CONTROL
Course Objectives
1. Introduction to control techniques with greater emphasis on robustness to modeling uncertainty
2. Introduction to parameter variations, and presence of disturbances and noise
Syllabus
Unit Content
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 271 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. C. Godsil and G. Royle, “Algebraic Graph Theory”, Springer, 2001
2.M. Mesbahi and M. Egerstedt , “Graph Theoretic Methods in Multi-Agent Networks”, Princeton
University Press, 2010
3.F. Bullo, J. Cortes, and S. Martinez, “Distributed Control of Robotic Networks”, Princeton, 2009
4.Wei Ren, Randal W. Beard, “Distributed Consensus in Multi-vehicle Cooperative Control,
Communications and Control Engineering Series”, Springer-Verlag, London, 2008
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Understand multi-agent control systems
2. Know network optimization techniques and its applications
3. Design multi-robot or vehicle coordination systems
PE 4: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Objectives
1. To understand the difference between discrete-time and continuous-time signals
2. To understand and apply Discrete Fourier Transforms (DFT)
Syllabus
Unit Content
1 Discrete time signals- Linear shift invariant systems- Stability and causality-
Sampling of Continuous time signals
Discrete time Fourier transform- Discrete Fourier series- Discrete Fourier
transform- Z transform-Properties of different transforms
2 Linear convolution using DFT- Computation of DFT Design of IIR digital
filters from analog filter
Impulse invariance method and Bilinear transformation method
3 FIR filter design using window functions- Comparison of IIR and FIR digital
filters- Basic IIR and FIR filter realization structures- Signal flow graph
representations Quantization process and errors
Coefficient quantisation effects in IIR and FIR filters
[ 272 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2 Pole placement design for regulator and tracking discrete time systems.
1 Characteristics of Synchros:
(a) Synchro transmitter characteristics. (b) Implementation of error detector using
[ 273 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
synchro pair.
2 Determination of Magnetic Amplifier Characteristics with different possible
connections
3 To determine the time response of closed loop second order process with P Control,
PI Control and PID control and to determine the effect of disturbance on a process.
4 To study the compensation of the second order process by using: (a) Lead
Compensator. (b) Lag Compensator. (c) Lead- Lag Compensator
5 To determination of AC servomotor Characteristics.
6 To study the position control of DC servomotor with P, PI control actions.
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 274 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives
1. To understand dynamics of stochastic systems and their control strategies
2. Introduction to Filtering
Syllabus
Unit Content
Suggested reading
1. Dimitri P. Bertsekas, “Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control”, Vol I (2005) ,Vol II (2012),
Athena
Scientific
2. Karl J. Astrom, “Introduction to Stochastic Control Theory”, Dover, 2006.
3.B. Oeksendal, “Stochastic Differential Equations: An Introduction with Applications”, 2003.
4.P.R. Kumar, P. Varaiya, “Stochastic Systems: Estimation, Identification and Adaptive Control”,
Prentice Hall,
1986.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Apply design Schotastic models for a given system
2. Design Stochastic Stability problems
3. Design linear and non-linear filtering systems
PE 5: COMPUTATIONAL METHODS
Course Objectives
1. Understand mathematical models of lower level engineering problems
2. Learn how to solve nonlinear equations numerically
3. Introduction to fundamental matrix algebra concepts
4. Solving simultaneous linear equations numerically
Syllabus
Unit Content
[ 275 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
[ 276 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4. To become familiar with processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business data.
5. Use decision-making tools/Operations research techniques.
6. Mange business process using analytical and management tools.
7. Analyze and solve problems from different industries such as manufacturing, service, retail,
software, banking and finance, sports, pharmaceutical, aerospace etc.
Unit1:
Business analytics: Overview of Business analytics, Scope of Business
analytics, Business Analytics Process, Relationship of Business Analytics
Process and organisation, competitive advantages of Business Analytics.
Statistical Tools: Statistical Notation, Descriptive Statistical methods, 9
Review of probability distribution and data modelling, sampling and
estimation methods overview.
Unit 2:
[ 277 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
Reference:
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical
hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948
for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure
vessels, etc, Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
[ 278 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition,
principle and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for
problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s
like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler,
vi. Electrical motors, Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets,
Program and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment,
advantages of preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
[ 279 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational
control; Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with
significance. Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts
and Network diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target
costing, Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.
Activity-Based Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis.
Budgetary Control; Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of
Divisional profitability pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
References:
[ 280 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 281 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest
residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods -
Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs,
Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion -
Types of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production -
Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I &
II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Planning and Preparation, Word Order, Breaking up long sentences, 4
Structuring Paragraphs and Sentences, Being Concise and Removing
Redundancy, Avoiding Ambiguity and Vagueness
2 Clarifying Who Did What, Highlighting Your Findings, Hedging and 4
Criticising, Paraphrasing and Plagiarism, Sections of a Paper, Abstracts.
Introduction
3 Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The 4
Final Check.
4 key skills are needed when writing a Title, key skills are needed when 4
writing an Abstract, key skills are needed when writing an Introduction,
[ 282 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. Goldbort R (2006) Writing for Science, Yale University Press (available on Google Books)
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM. Highman’s
book .
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and
humanitarian response.
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice from
multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance in
specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the countries
they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types And
Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special
Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
[ 283 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co-
Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In Risk
Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends In
Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of
Disaster Mitigation In India.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
enhancing the memory power
4. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-Vempati Kutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
AUDIT 1 and 2: VALUE EDUCATION
[ 284 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1.Understand value of education and self- development
2. Imbibe good values in students
3. Let the should know about the importance of character
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Values and self-development –Social values and individual 4
attitudes. Work ethics, Indian vision of humanism.
Moral and non- moral valuation. Standards and principles.
Value judgements
2 Importance of cultivation of values. 6
Sense of duty. Devotion, Self-reliance. Confidence,
Concentration. Truthfulness, Cleanliness.
Honesty, Humanity. Power of faith, National Unity.
Patriotism.Love for nature ,Discipline
3 Personality and Behavior Development - Soul and Scientific 6
attitude. Positive Thinking. Integrity and discipline.
Punctuality, Love and Kindness.
Avoid fault Thinking.
Free from anger, Dignity of labour.
Universal brotherhood and religious tolerance.
True friendship.
Happiness Vs suffering, love for truth.
Aware of self-destructive habits.
Association and Cooperation.
Doing best for saving nature
4 Character and Competence –Holy books vs Blind faith. 6
Self-management and Good health.
Science of reincarnation.
Equality, Nonviolence ,Humility, Role of Women.
All religions and same message.
Mind your Mind, Self-control.
Honesty, Studying effectively
Suggested reading
1 Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1.Knowledge of self-development
2.Learn the importance of Human values
3.Developing the overall personality
AUDIT 1 and 2: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
[ 285 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil
rights perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’
constitutional role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of
nationhood in the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
2 Preamble 4
Salient Features
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
Fundamental Rights
Right to Equality
Right to Freedom
Right against Exploitation
3 4
Right to Freedom of Religion
Cultural and Educational Rights
Right to Constitutional Remedies
Directive Principles of State Policy
Fundamental Duties.
Organs of Governance:
Parliament
Composition
Qualifications and Disqualifications
Powers and Functions
4 Executive 4
President
Governor
Council of Ministers
Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer of Judges, Qualifications
Powers and Functions
Local Administration:
District’s Administration head: Role and Importance,
Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative,
CEO of Municipal Corporation.
5 Pachayati raj: Introduction, PRI: Zila Pachayat. 4
Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Pachayat: Position and role.
Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments),
Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials,
Importance of grass root democracy
6 Election Commission: 4
[ 286 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Election
Commission: Role and Functioning.
Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners.
State Election Commission: Role and Functioning.
Institute and Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women.
Suggested reading
[ 287 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:
Course Objectives
1. To achieve overall health of body and mind
2. To overcome stress
[ 288 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Definitions of Eight parts of yog. ( Ashtanga ) 8
Course Objectives
1. To learn to achieve the highest goal happily
2. To become a person with stable mind, pleasing personality and determination
3. To awaken wisdom in students
Syllabus
[ 289 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 290 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester 2
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 Core3 Digital Protection of Power System 3 0 0 3
2 Core4 Power System Dynamics-II 3 0 0 3
3 PE3 Restructured Power Systems/Advanced 3 0 0 3
Digital Signal Processing/Dynamics of
Electrical Machines/Power Apparatus
Design
4 PE4 Advanced Micro-Controller Based 3 0 0 3
Systems/SCADA System and
Applications/Power Quality/AI
Techniques
5 Mini Project 0 0 4 2
6 Lab3 Power System Protection Lab/Power 0 0 4 2
Quality Lab
7 Lab4 Artificial Intelligence Lab/Power 0 0 4 2
Electronics Applications to Power Systems
Lab/Smart Grids Lab
8 Audit-II Audit II 2 0 0 0
9 Total Credits 18
Semester 3
[ 291 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester 4
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 Major Project Phase-II Dissertation 0 0 32 16
2 Total Credits 16
PO2Ability to critically analyze and carry out detailed investigation on multifaceted complex
Problemsinarea of Power Systems and envisage advanced research in thrust areas.
PO3Ability to identify, analyze and solve real-life engineering problems in the area of Power
Systems andprovide strategic solutions satisfying the safety, cultural, societal and
environmental aspects/ needs.
PO4Ability for continued pursuance of research and to design, develop and propose
theoretical and practicalmethodologies towards research and development support for
the Power System infrastructure.
PO5Ability to develop and utilize modern tools for modeling, analyzing and solving various
Engineeringproblems related to Power Systems.
PO6 Willingness and ability to work in a team of engineers/ researchers with mutual
understandings to take unsophisticated challenges, in the field of Power Systems, lead
[ 292 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
PO8 Ability to express ideas clearly and communicate orally as well as in writing with othersin an
effectivemanner, adhering to various national and international standards and
practices for the documentation andpresentation of the contents.
[ 293 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 294 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3. P.Kundur, “Power System Stability and Control”, McGraw Hill Inc., 1994.
4. E.W. Kimbark, “Power system stability”, Vol. I & III, John Wiley & Sons, New York 2002
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the modeling of synchronous machine in details
2. Carry out simulation studies of power system dynamics using MATLAB-SIMULINK, MI
POWER
3. Carry out stability analysis with and without power system stabilizer (PSS)
4. Understand the load modeling in power system
PE 1 : RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM
Course Objectives:- Students will be able to:
1. To learn various renewable energy sources
2. To gain understanding of integrated operation of renewable energy sources
3. To understand Power Electronics Interface with the Grid
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Introduction, Distributed vs Central Station Generation 8
Sources of Energy such as Micro-turbines
Internal Combustion Engines.
2 Introduction to Solar Energy, Wind Energy, Combined Heat and Power 8
Hydro Energy, Tidal Energy, Wave Energy
Geothermal Energy, Biomass and Fuel Cells.
3 Power Electronic Interface with the Grid 6
4 Impact of Distributed Generation on the Power System 8
Power Quality Disturbances
5 Transmission System Operation 8
Protection of Distributed Generators
6 Economics of Distributed Generation 6
Case Studies
Suggested reading
1. RanjanRakesh, Kothari D.P, Singal K.C, “Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging
Technologies”,
2nd Ed. Prentice Hall of India ,2011
2. Math H.Bollen, Fainan Hassan, “Integration of Distributed Generation in the Power System”, July
2011,
Wiley –IEEE Press
3. Loi Lei Lai, Tze Fun Chan, “Distributed Generation: Induction and Permanent Magnet
Generators”,
October 2007, Wiley-IEEE Press.
4.Roger A.Messenger, Jerry Ventre, “Photovoltaic System Engineering”, 3rd Ed, 2010
5.James F.Manwell, Jon G.McGowan, Anthony L Rogers, “Wind energy explained: Theory
Design and Application”, John Wiley and Sons 2nd Ed, 2010
Course Outcomes:- Students will be able to:
1. Knowledge about renewable energy
2. Understand the working of distributed generation system in autonomous/grid connected modes
3. Know the Impact of Distributed Generation on Power System
[ 295 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
PE 1: SMART GRIDS
Course Objectives:- Students will be able to:
1. Understand concept of smart grid and its advantages over conventional grid
2. Know smart metering techniques
3. Learn wide area measurement techniques
4. Understanding the problems associated with integration of distributed generation & its solution
through smart grid.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Introduction to Smart Grid, Evolution of Electric Grid 8
Concept of Smart Grid, Definitions
Need of Smart Grid, Concept of Robust & Self Healing Grid Present
development & International policies in Smart Grid
2 Introduction to Smart Meters, Real Time Prizing, Smart Appliances, 8
Automatic Meter Reading(AMR)
Outage Management System(OMS)
Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicles(PHEV), Vehicle to Grid, Smart
Sensors, Home & Building Automation
Smart Substations, Substation Automation, Feeder Automation .
3 Geographic Information System(GIS) 8
Intelligent Electronic Devices(IED) & their application for monitoring
& protection, Smart storage like Battery, SMES, Pumped Hydro,
Compressed Air Energy Storage, Wide Area Measurement
System(WAMS)
Phase Measurement Unit(PMU)
4 Concept of micro-grid, need & applications of micro-grid, formation 8
of micro-grid, Issues of interconnection, protection & control of
micro-grid.
Plastic & Organic solar cells, Thin film solar cells, Variable speed
wind generators, fuel-cells, micro-turbines
Captive power plants, Integration of renewable energy sources
5 Power Quality & EMC in Smart Grid, Power Quality issues of Grid 6
connected Renewable Energy Sources
Power Quality Conditioners for Smart Grid, Web based Power
Quality monitoring
Power Quality Audit
6 Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI), Home Area Network 6
(HAN), Neighborhood Area
Network (NAN), Wide Area Network (WAN)
Bluetooth, ZigBee, GPS, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max based communication,
Wireless Mesh Network, Basics of CLOUD Computing & Cyber
Security for Smart Grid
Broadband over Power line (BPL)
IP based protocols
Suggested reading
[ 296 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. Ali Keyhani, “Design of smart power grid renewable energy systems”, Wiley IEEE, 2011
2. Clark W. Gellings, “The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand Response”, CRC
Press , 2009
3. JanakaEkanayake, Nick Jenkins, KithsiriLiyanage, “Smart Grid: Technology and Applications”,
Wiley 2012
4. Stuart Borlase, “Smart Grid: Infrastructure, Technology and solutions “ CRC Press
5.A.G.Phadke, “Synchronized Phasor Measurement and their Applications”, Springer
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. Appreciate the difference between smart grid & conventional grid
2. Apply smart metering concepts to industrial and commercial installations
3. Formulate solutions in the areas of smart substations,distributed generation and wide area
measurements
4. Come up with smart grid solutions using modern communication technologies
PE 1 : HIGH POWER CONVERTERS
Course Objectives:- Students will be able to:
1. Understand the requirements of high power rated converters
2. Understand the different topologies involved for these converters
3. Able to understand the design of protection circuits for these converters
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Power electronic systems 6
An overview of PSDs, multipulse diode rectifier, multipulse
SCR rectifier.
2 Phase shifting transformers, multilevel voltage source inverters: two 8
level voltage source inverter,
cascaded
H bridge multilevel inverter.
3 Diode clamped multilevel inverters, flying capacitor multilevel inverter 6
4 PWM current source inverters, 6
DC to DC switch mode converters
5 AC voltage controllers : Cyclo-converters, matrix converter, 8
Power conditioners and UPS.
6 Design aspects of converters, protection of devices and circuits 6
Suggested reading
1. N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland and W. P. Robbins, “Power Electronics: Converter, Applications and
Design”,
John Wiley and Sons, 1989
2. M.H. Rashid, “Power Electronics”, Prentice Hall of India, 1994
3. B. K .Bose, “Power Electronics and A.C. Drives”, Prentice Hall, 1986
4. Bin Wu, “High power converters and drives”, IEEE press, Wiley Enter science
Course Outcomes:-
Students will be able to:
1. Learn the characteristics of PSDs such as SCRs, GTOs, IGBTs and use them in practical systems
2. Knowledge of working of multi-level VSIs, DC-DC switched mode converters, cyclo-converters
[ 297 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 298 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Distribution of Power, Management, Power Loads, 8
Load Forecasting Short-term & Long-term,
Power System Loading, Technological Forecasting.
2 Advantages of Distribution Management System (D.M.S.) 8
Distribution Automation: Definition,
Restoration / Reconfiguration of Distribution Network, Different
Methods and Constraints
Power Factor Correction
3 Interconnection of Distribution, 8
Control & Communication Systems,
Remote Metering,
Automatic Meter Reading and its implementation
4 SCADA: Introduction, Block Diagram, 8
SCADA Applied To Distribution Automation.
Common Functions of SCADA,
Advantages of Distribution Automation through SCADA
5 Calculation of Optimum Number of Switches, Capacitors, Optimum 6
Switching Device Placement in Radial,
Distribution Systems, Sectionalizing Switches – Types, Benefits,
Bellman’s Optimality Principle,
Remote Terminal Units,
Energy efficiency in electrical distribution & Monitoring
6 Maintenance of Automated Distribution Systems 6
Difficulties in Implementing Distribution.
Automation in Actual Practice, Urban/Rural Distribution, Energy
Management, AI techniques applied to Distribution Automation
Suggested reading
1. A.S. Pabla, “ Electric Power Distribution”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., Fourth Edition.
2. M.K. Khedkar, G.M. Dhole, “A Text Book of Electrical power Distribution Automation”,
University Science Press, New Delhi
3. Anthony J Panseni, “Electrical Distribution Engineering”, CRC Press
4. James Momoh, “Electric Power Distribution, automation, protection & control”, CRC Press
Course Outcomes :-Students will be able to:
1. Knowledge of power distribution system
2. Study of Distribution automation and its application in practice
3. To learn SCADA system
PE 2: MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR POWER ENGINEERING
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. To understand the relevance of mathematical methods to solve engineering problems.
2. To understand how to apply these methods for a given engineering problem.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Vector spaces, 6
Linear transformations
[ 299 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 300 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 301 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
List of experiments:
S.No Experiments
1 Power Curves
2 Build a Wind Farm
[ 302 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection, analysis,
interpretation, Necessary instrumentations
Unit 2: Effective literature studies approaches, analysis
Plagiarism, Research ethics,
Unit 3: Effective technical writing, how to write report, Paper
Developing a Research Proposal, Format of research proposal, a presentation and assessment
by a review committee
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
Patenting and Development: technological research, innovation, patenting, development.
International Scenario: International cooperation on Intellectual Property. Procedure for grants
[ 303 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for science &
engineering students’”
Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
Ranjit Kumar, 2nd Edition , “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for beginners”
Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
Mayall , “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Niebel , “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Asimov , “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley, “ Intellectual Property in New
Technological Age”, 2016.
T. Ramappa, “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008
SECOND SEMESTER
CORE - 3 : DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER SYSTEM
Course Objectives:-Students will be able to:
1. Study of numerical relays
2. Developing mathematical approach towards protection
3. Study of algorithms for numerical protection
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Evolution of digital relays from electromechanical relays 6
Performance and operational characteristics of digital protection
2 Mathematical background to protection algorithms 6
Finite difference techniques
3 Interpolation formulae 8
Forward, backward and central difference interpolation
Numerical differentiation
Curve fitting and smoothing
Least squares method
Fourier analysis
Fourier series and Fourier transform
Walsh function analysis
4 Basic elements of digital protection 8
Signal conditioning: transducers, surge protection, analog filtering,
analog multiplexers
Conversion subsystem: the sampling theorem, signal aliasing
[ 304 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 305 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Voltage Collapse
6 Frequency Stability 8
Automatic Generation Control
Primary and Secondary Control
Sub-Synchronous Resonance and Counter Measures
Suggested reading
1. P. Kundur, “Power System Stability and Control”, McGraw Hill Inc, 1994
2. J. Machowski, Bialek, Bumby, “Power System Dynamics and Stability”, John Wiley & Sons,
1997
3. L. Leonard Grigsby (Ed.); “Power System Stability and Control”, Second edition, CRC Press,
2007
4. V. Ajjarapu, “Computational Techniques for voltage stability assessment & control”; Springer,
2006
Course Outcomes:-
Students will be able to:
1. Gain valuable insights into the phenomena of power system including obscure ones.
2. Understand the power system stability problem.
3. Analyze the stability problems and implement modern control strategies.
4. Simulate small signal and large signal stability problems.
PE 3: RESTRUCTURED POWER SYSTEMS
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. Understand what is meant by restructuring of the electricity market
2. Understand the need behind requirement for deregulation of the electricity market
3. Understand the money, power & information flow in a deregulated power system
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Fundamentals of restructured system 8
Market architecture
Load elasticity
Social welfare maximization
2 OPF: Role in vertically integrated systems and in restructured markets 8
congestion management
3 Optimal bidding 8
Risk assessment
Hedging
Transmission pricing
Tracing of power
4 Ancillary services 8
Standard market design
Distributed generation in restructured markets
5 Developments in India 6
IT applications in restructured markets
6 Working of restructured power systems 6
PJM, Recent trends in Restructuring
[ 306 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. LorrinPhilipson, H. Lee Willis, “Understanding electric utilities and de-regulation”,
Marcel Dekker Pub.,1998.
2. Steven Stoft, “Power system economics: designing markets for electricity”, John Wiley
and Sons, 2002.
3. Kankar Bhattacharya, Jaap E. Daadler, Math H.J. Boolen, “Operation of restructured power
systems”, Kluwer Academic Pub., 2001.
4. Mohammad Shahidehpour, MuwaffaqAlomoush, “Restructured electrical power systems:
operation, trading and volatility”, Marcel Dekker.
Course Outcomes: -Students will be able to:
1. Describe various types of regulations in power systems.
2. Identify the need of regulation and deregulation.
3. Define and describe the Technical and Non-technical issues in Deregulated Power Industry.
4. Identify and give examples of existing electricity markets.
5.Classify different market mechanisms and summarize the role of various entities in the market.
PE 3:ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. To understand the difference between discrete-time and continuous-time signals
2. To understand and apply Discrete Fourier Transforms (DFT)
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Discrete time signals 8
Linear shift invariant systems-
Stability and causality
Sampling of continuous time signals-
Discrete time Fourier transform- Discrete Fourier series- Discrete Fourier
transform
Z transform-Properties of different transforms
2 Linear convolution using DFT 8
Computation of DFT Design of IIR digital filters from analog filters
Impulse invariance method
Bilinear transformation method
3 FIR filter design using window functions 8
Comparison of IIR and FIR digital filters
Basic IIR and FIR filter realization structures
Signal flow graph representations Quantization process and errors
Coefficient quantisation effects in IIR and FIR filters
A/D conversion noise- Arithmetic round-off errors 8
4 Dynamic range scaling
Overflow oscillations and zeroInput limit cycles in IIR filters
Linear Signal Models
5 All pole, All zero and Pole-zero models 6
Power spectrum estimation- Spectral analysis of deterministic signals.
Estimation of power spectrum of stationary random signals
6 Optimum linear filters 6
Optimum signal estimation
Mean square error estimation
[ 307 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 308 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4. I. Boldia& S.A. Nasar,,”Electrical Machine Dynamics”, The Macmillan Press Ltd. 1992
5. C.V. Jones, “The Unified Theory of Electrical Machines”, Butterworth, London. 1967
Course Outcomes: -
Students will be able to:
1:Formulation of electrodynamic equations of all electric machines and analyze the performance
characteristics
2: Knowledge of transformations for the dynamic analysis of machines
3: Knowledge of determination of stability of the machines under small signal and transient
conditions
4: Study about synchronous machine
[ 309 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
6
Types of alternators, comparison, specific loadings, output co-efficient, 6
design of main dimensions
Introduction to Computer Aided Electrical Machine Design Energy
efficient machines
Suggested reading
1. Clayton A.E, “The Performance and Design of D.C. Machines”, Sir I. Pitman & sons, Ltd.
2. M.G. Say, “The Performance and Design of A.C. Machines “, Pitman
3. Sawhney A.K, “A course in Electrical Machine Design”, DhanpatRai & Sons, 5th Edition
Course Outcomes: -
Students will be able to:
1. To give a systematic approach for modeling and analysis of all rotating machines under both
transient and steady state conditions with the dimensions and material used
2. Ability to model and design all types of rotation machines including special machines
PE4 : ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEMS
[ 310 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 312 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 313 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Biological foundations to intelligent Systems 8
Artificial Neural Networks, Single layer and Multilayer Feed Forward
NN
LMS and Back Propagation Algorithm
Feedback networks and Radial Basis Function Networks
2 Fuzzy Logic 8
Knowledge Representation and Inference Mechanism
Defuzzification Methods
3 Fuzzy Neural Networks 8
some algorithms to learn the parameters of the network like GA
4 System Identification using Fuzzy and Neural Network 6
5 Genetic algorithm 8
Reproduction cross over, mutation
Introduction to evolutionary program
6 Applications of above mentioned techniques to practical problems 6
Suggested reading
1. J M Zurada , “An Introduction to ANN”,Jaico Publishing House
2. Simon Haykins, “Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall
3. Timothy Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engg.Applications”, McGraw. Hill
4. Driankov, Dimitra, “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”, Narosa Publication
5. Golding, “Genetic Algorithms”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Com
Course Outcomes: -
Students will be able to:
1. Learn the concepts of biological foundations of artificial neural networks
2. Learn Feedback networks and radial basis function networks and fuzzy logics
3. Identifications of fuzzy and neural network
4. Acquire the knowledge of GA
LAB 3-POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION LAB /POWER QUALITY LAB
S.No
List of experiments:
1 Introduction to Power System Protection
2 Impact of Induction Motor Starting on Power System
3 Modelling of Differential Relay using MATLAB
4 Radial Feeder Protection
5 Parellel Feeder Protection
6 Principle of Reverse Power Protection
7 Differential Protection of Transformer
8 To the study time vs.voltage characteristcs of over voltage induction relay
[ 314 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3 Write a Program To Show the Tic Tac Toe Game for 0 and X.
4 Write A Program For Expert System By Using Forward Chaining.
5 Comparing the Search Methods
6 Implement the Greedy Search Algorithm
7 Implement the min-max Algorithm
8 Adding a Heuristic
THIRD SEMESTER
PE 5: POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. Learn the reasons for occurrence of transients in a power system
2. Understand the change in parameters like voltage & frequency during transients
3. To know about the lightning phenomenon and its effect on power system
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Fundamental circuit analysis of electrical transients 8
Laplace Transform method of solving simple Switching transients
Damping circuits -Abnormal switching transients, Three-phase
circuits and transients
Computation of power system transients
2 Principle of digital computation – Matrix method of solution 8
Modal analysis- Z transform- Computation using EMTP
Lightning, switching and temporary over voltages, Lightning
Physical phenomena of lightning.
3 Interaction between lightning and power system 8
Influence of tower footing resistance and Earth Resistance
Switching: Short line or kilometric fault
Energizing transients - closing and
re-closing of lines
line dropping, load rejection – over voltages induced by faults
4 Switching HVDC lineTravelling waves on transmission line 8
Circuits with distributed Parameters Wave Equation
Reflection, Refraction, Behaviour of Travelling waves at the line
terminations
Lattice Diagrams – Attenuation and Distortion
Multi-conductor system
and Velocity wave
5 Insulation co-ordination: Principle of insulation co-ordination in Air 6
Insulated substation (AIS) and Gas Insulated Substation (GIS) Co-
ordination between insulation and protection level
Statistical approach
6 Protective devices 6
Protection of system against over voltages
lightning arresters, substation earthling
Suggested reading
1. Allan Greenwood, “Electrical Transients in Power System”, Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 1991
Course Outcomes: -
Students will be able to:
[ 315 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1: Knowledge of various transients that could occur in power system and their
mathematical formulation
2: Ability to design various protective devices in power system for protecting equipment and
personnel
3: Coordinating the insulation of various equipments in power system
4: Modelling the power system for transient analysis
PE 5:FACTS AND CUSTOM POWER DEVICES
Course Objectives:-Students will be able to:
1. To learn the active and reactive power flow control in power system
2. To understand the need for static compensators
3. To develop the different control strategies used for compensation
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Reactive power flow control in Power Systems 8
Control of dynamic power unbalances in Power System - Power flow
control
Constraints of maximum transmission line loading
Benefits of FACTS Transmission line compensation
Uncompensated line -Shunt compensation, Series compensation Phase
angle control
Reactive power compensation Shunt and Series compensation
principles
Reactive compensation at transmission and distribution level
2 Static versus passive VAR compensator, 8
Static shunt compensators: SVC and
STATCOM
Operation and control of TSC, TCR and STATCOM -Compensator
control
Comparison between SVC and STATCOM
3 Static series compensation: TSSC, SSSC -Static voltage and phase 8
angle regulators
TCVR and TCPAR Operationand Control
Applications, Static series compensation
GCSC,TSSC, TCSC and Static synchronous series compensators and
their Control
4 SSR and its dampingUnified Power Flow Controller 8
Circuit Arrangement, Operation
and control of UPFC
Basic Principle of P and Q control
Independent real and reactivepower flow control- Applications.
5 Introduction to interline power flow controller. 6
Modeling and analysis of FACTS
Controllers
Simulation of FACTS controllers Power quality problems in
distribution systems,
harmonics, loads that create harmonics
modeling, harmonic propagation, series and parallel resonances
mitigation of harmonics
passive filters, active filtering – shunt , series and hybrid and their
[ 316 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
control
6 Voltage swells , sags, flicker, unbalance and mitigation of these 6
problems by power line conditioners
IEEE standards on power quality.
Suggested reading
1. K R Padiyar, “FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribution”, New Age
InternationalPublishers, 2007
2. X P Zhang, C Rehtanz, B Pal, “Flexible AC Transmission Systems- Modelling and Control”,
SpringerVerlag, Berlin, 2006
3. N.G. Hingorani, L. Gyugyi, “Understanding FACTS: Concepts and Technology of Flexible
ACTransmission Systems”, IEEE Press Book, Standard Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 2001.
4. K.S.Sureshkumar ,S.Ashok , “FACTS Controllers & Applications”, E-book edition, Nalanda
DigitalLibrary, NIT Calicut,2003
5. G T Heydt , “Power Quality”, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2007
6. T J E Miller, “Static Reactive Power Compensation”, John Wiley and Sons, Newyork, 1982.
Course Outcomes: -
Students will be able to:
1. Acquire knowledge about the fundamental principles of Passive and Active Reactive
PowerCompensation Schemes at Transmission and Distribution level in Power Systems.
2.Learn various Static VAR Compensation Schemes like Thyristor/GTOControlled
Reactive Power Systems, PWM_Inverter based Reactive Power Systems and theircontrols.
3. To develop analytical modeling skills needed for modeling and analysis of such Static
VARSystems.
PE 5:IDUSTRIAL LOAD MODELING AND CONTROL
Course Objectives:-Students will be able to:
1. To understand the energy demand scenario
2. To understand the modeling of load and its ease to study load demand industrially
3. To know Electricity pricing models
4. Study Reactive power management in Industries
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Electric Energy Scenario-Demand Side Management-Industrial Load 8
Management
Load Curves-Load Shaping Objectives
Methodologies-Barriers
Classification of Industrial
Loads
Continuous and Batch processes -Load Modeling
2 Electricity pricing – Dynamic and spot pricing -Models 8
Direct load control- Interruptible load control
Bottom up approach- scheduling- Formulation of load
Models
Optimization and control algorithms - Case studies
3 Reactive power management in industries 8
controls-power quality impacts
application of filters Energy saving in industries
4 Cooling and heating loads 8
[ 317 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
load profiling
Modeling- Cool storage
Types-Control strategies
Optimal operation
Problem formulation- Case studies
5 Captive power units 6
Operating and control strategies
Power Pooling- Operation models
Energy banking
Industrial Cogeneration
6 Selection of Schemes Optimal Operating Strategies 6
Peak load saving
Constraints Problem formulation- Case study
Integrated Load management for Industries
Suggested reading
1. C.O. Bjork " Industrial Load Management - Theory, Practice and Simulations", Elsevier, the
Netherlands,1989
2. C.W. Gellings and S.N. Talukdar,. Load management concepts. IEEE Press, New York, 1986,
pp. 3-28
3. Y. Manichaikul and F.C. Schweppe ," Physically based Industrial load", IEEE Trans. on PAS,
April 1981
4. H. G. Stoll, "Least cost Electricity Utility Planning”, Wiley Interscience Publication, USA, 1989.
5. I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, .Modern Power System Engineering., Tata McGraw Hill publishers,
NewDelhi, 1995
6. IEEE Bronze Book- “Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and cost effective planning
in Industrial facilities”, IEEE Inc, USA
Course Outcomes: -
Students will be able to:
1: Knowledge about load control techniques in industries and its application
2: Learn different types of industrial processes and optimize the process using tools
like LINDO and LINGO
3: Apply load management to reduce demand of electricity during peak time
4: Apply different energy saving opportunities in industries
PE 5: DYNAMICS OF LINEAR SYSTEMS
Course Objectives:-Students will be able to:
1. To understand the linear system and its functions
2. To understand the stability analysis of linear systems and implement the same in MATLAB
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 State variable representations of systems 8
transfer function and transfer function matrix
solutions of state equations
2 Observability and controllability 8
minimal realization of MIMO systems
analysis of linear time varying systems
the concepts of stability
[ 318 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:-
Students will be able to:
1: To learn linear system modeling, analysis and design so as to obtain theability to apply the same to
engineering problems in a global perspective
2: Knowledge on carrying out detailed stability analysis of both linear and nonlinear systems
3: Design observers and controllers for linear systems
4: Acquire knowledge of discrete time linear systems modeling, analysis and design
5: Develop and utilize modern software tools for analysis and designof linear continuous and discrete
time systems
PE 6: POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND MODELING
Course Objectives:-Students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic operation and I-V characteristics of various power semiconductor devices
2. Study the circuit model of various devices
3. Understand the protection and control circuit for these semiconductor devices
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
1 Energy auditing: Types and objectives - audit instruments- ECO 8
assessment
Economic methods specific energy analysis
Minimum energy paths-consumption models- Case study
2 Electric motors-Energy efficient controls and starting efficiency 8
Motor Efficiency and Load Analysis- Energy efficient /high efficient
Motors-Case study
Load Matching and selection of motors. Variable speed drives; Pumps
and Fans-Efficient Control strategies
[ 319 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Giovanni Petrecca, “Industrial Energy Management: Principles and Applications”, The
Kluwerinternational series -207, 1999
2. Anthony J. Pansini, Kenneth D. Smalling, “Guide to Electric Load Management”, Pennwell Pub;
(1998)
3. Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management , Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain, TERI,
2006
4. Handbook of Energy Audits Albert Thumann, William J. Younger, Terry Niehus, 2009
Course Outcomes:-
Students will be able to:
1. Acquire the background required for engineers to meet the role of energy managers and to acquire
the skills and techniques required to implement energy management
2. Identify and quantify the energy intensive business activities in an organization
3.Knowledge about standard methodologies for measuring energy in the workplace and energy audit
instruments
4.Knowledge about energy efficient motors, load matching and selection of motors
5. Acquire knowledge about reactive power management, capacitor sizing and degree of
Compensation
PE 6:ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION
Course Objectives:-Students will be able to:
1. To understand the need for optimization and different techniques involved and also
constraints.
2. To know Linear/Non-linear Programming.
3. To understand the importance of optimization to solve Engineering problems
[ 320 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 321 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
packages
Suggested reading
1. David G Luenberger, “Linear and Non Linear Programming”, 2nd Ed, Addison-Wesley
Pub.Co.,Massachusetts, 2003
2. W.L.Winston, “Operation Research-Applications & Algorithms”,2nd Ed., PWS-KENT
Pub.Co.,Boston, 2007
3. S.S.Rao, “Engineering Optimization”, 3rd Ed.,New Age International (P) Ltd,New Delhi, 2007
4. W.F.Stocker, “Design of Thermal Systems”, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, New York. 1990
5. G.B.Dantzig, “Linear Programming and Extensions” Princeton University Press, N.J., 1963.
6. L.C.W.Dixton, ”Non Linear Optimisation: theory and algorithms” Birkhauser, Boston, 1980
Course Outcomes:-
Students will be able to:
1: Apply optimization techniques to typical engineering problems
2: Learn the concepts and techniques of nonlinear and unconstrained optimization
3: Acquire knowledge on direct and indirect methods for constrained optimization
4: Learn the application of dynamic programming and genetic algorithms for engineering
Optimization
PE 6: HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING
[ 322 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 323 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Schemes
Electronic ballast-Power quality issues-Luminaries, case study
5 Cogeneration-Types and Schemes 8
Optimal operation of cogeneration plants-case study
Electric loads of Air conditioning &Refrigeration
Energy conservation measures- Cool storage
Types-Optimal operation case study
6 Electric water heating- 6
Geysers-Solar Water Heaters
Power Consumption in Compressors
Energy conservation measures
Electrolytic Process
Computer Controls- software-EMS
Suggested reading
1. Anthony J. Pansini, Kenneth D. Smalling, .Guide to Electric Load Management., Pennwell Pub;
(1998)
2. Howard E. Jordan, .Energy-Efficient Electric Motors and Their Applications., Plenum Pub Corp;
2ndedition (1994)
3. Giovanni Petrecca, .Industrial Energy Management: Principles and Applications., The
Kluwerinternational series -207,1999
4. Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management , Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain,
TERI,2006
5. Handbook of Energy Audits Albert Thumann, William J. Younger, Terry Niehus, 2009
Course Outcomes:-Students will be able to:
1. Acquire the background required for engineers to meet the role of energy managers and to
acquire the skills and techniques required to implement energy management
2. Identify and quantify the energy intensive business activities in an organization
3. Able to perform Basic Energy Audit in an Organization
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Course Name Business Analytics
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
1. Understand the role of business analytics within an organization.
2. Analyze data using statistical and data mining techniques and understand relationships
between the underlying business processes of an organization.
3. To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate and solve
business problems and to support managerial decision making.
4. To become familiar with processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business data.
[ 324 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
[ 325 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Reference:
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical
hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948
for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure
vessels, etc, Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition,
principle and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for
problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s
like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler,
vi. Electrical motors, Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets,
[ 326 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Reference:
Lectures: 3 hrs/week
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic
Programming, Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation
References:
3. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimisation: Operations Research, Jain Brothers, Delhi, 2008
4. Hitler Libermann Operations Research: McGraw Hill Pub. 2009
5. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
6. Harvey M Wagner, Principles of Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India 2010
Open Elective
Cost Management & Engineering Projects
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Introduction and Overview of the Strategic Cost Management Process
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational
control; Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution : conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team : Role of each member. Importance Project site : Data required with
significance. Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts
and Network diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target
costing, Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.
Activity-Based Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis.
Budgetary Control; Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of
Divisional profitability pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
Quantitative techniques for cost management, Linear Programming, PERT/CPM, Transportation
problems, Assignment problems, Simulation, Learning Curve Theory.
References:
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 328 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
UNIT – III: Manufacturing of Metal Matrix Composites: Casting – Solid State diffusion technique,
Cladding – Hot isostatic pressing. Properties and applications. Manufacturing of Ceramic Matrix
Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon
composites: Knitting, Braiding, Weaving. Properties and applications.
UNIT – V: Strength: Laminar Failure Criteria-strength ratio, maximum stress criteria, maximum
strain criteria, interacting failure criteria, hygrothermal failure. Laminate first play failure-insight
strength; Laminate strength-ply discount truncated maximum strain criterion; strength design using
caplet plots; stress concentrations.
TEXT BOOKS:
[ 329 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs,
Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion -
Types of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production -
Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I &
II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Planning and Preparation, Word Order, Breaking up long sentences, 4
Structuring Paragraphs and Sentences, Being Concise and Removing
Redundancy, Avoiding Ambiguity and Vagueness
2 Clarifying Who Did What, Highlighting Your Findings, Hedging and 4
Criticising, Paraphrasing and Plagiarism, Sections of a Paper, Abstracts.
Introduction
3 Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The 4
Final Check.
4 key skills are needed when writing a Title, key skills are needed when 4
writing an Abstract, key skills are needed when writing an Introduction,
skills needed when writing a Review of the Literature,
5 skills are needed when writing the Methods, skills needed when writing the 4
Results, skills are needed when writing the Discussion, skills are needed
when writing the Conclusions
6 useful phrases, how to ensure paper is as good as it could possibly be the 4
[ 330 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 331 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
enhancing the memory power
4. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
[ 332 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Suggested reading
[ 333 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1 Chakroborty , S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press ,New Delhi
Course outcomes
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
perspective.
2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’ constitutional
role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in
the early years of Indian nationalism.
3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik
Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution.
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
2 Preamble 4
Salient Features
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
Fundamental Rights
Right to Equality
Right to Freedom
Right against Exploitation
3 4
Right to Freedom of Religion
Cultural and Educational Rights
Right to Constitutional Remedies
Directive Principles of State Policy
Fundamental Duties.
Organs of Governance:
Parliament
Composition
Qualifications and Disqualifications
4 Powers and Functions 4
Executive
President
Governor
Council of Ministers
[ 334 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:
[ 335 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of
basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal
Educational Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes:
[ 336 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. ‘Yogic Asanas for Group Tarining-Part-I” : Janardan Swami Yogabhyasi Mandal, Nagpur
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop healthy mind in a healthy body thus improving social health also
2. Improve efficiency
[ 337 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes
[ 338 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Semester 2
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 Core3 Digital Power System Protection 3 0 0 3
2 Core4 Non-Conventional Electrical Energy 3 0 0 3
Systems
3 PE3 Artificial intelligence I Techniques /Smart 3 0 0 3
Grids /Energy Conversion Processes
4 PE4 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles/Power 3 0 0 3
Quality /Industrial Load Modeling and
Control
Mini Project with Semina 0 0 4 2
5 Lab3 Power System Protection Lab/Power 0 0 4 2
System Analysis lab
6 Lab4 Artificial Intelligence lab /Power Quality 0 0 4 2
Lab/Non-Conventional Energy Sources lab
7 Audit-II Audit-II 2 0 0 0
8 Total Credits 18
Semester 3
Sr. Core/Elective Course Name Credits
No.
L T P
1 PE5 Power System Analysis / Power system 3 0 0 3
[ 339 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Programme Outcomes
PO 1 The ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering in solving
real life engineering problems.
PO 2 The ability to design a component, system or process related to Power and Energy
Systems (PES) for a defined objective and conduct experiments, as well as to
analyze data.
PO 5 The ability to perform literature survey to identify, formulate and solve power
engineering problems using modern engineering tools (softwares and hardwares).
[ 340 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
5. Constitution of India
6. Pedagogy Studies
7. Stress Management by Yoga
8. Personality Development through Life Enlightenment Skills.
FIRST SEMESTER
CORE 1: DISTRIBUTED GENERATION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand renewable energy sources.
2. Gain understanding of the working of off-grid and grid-connected renewable energy generation
schemes.
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Need for Distributed generation. 8
Renewable sources in distributed generation.
Current scenario in Distributed Generation.
2 Planning of DGs, Sitting and sizing of DGs optimal placement of 4
DG sources in distribution systems.
Grid integration of DGs Different types of interfaces.
Inverter based DGs and rotating machine based interfaces.
Aggregation of multiple DG units.
3 Technical impacts of DGs. 10
Transmission systems Distribution systems De-regulation Impact of
DGs upon protective relaying.
Impact of DGs upon transient and dynamic stability of
existing.distribution systems, Steady-state and Dynamic analysis
4 Economic and control aspects of DGs Market facts. 6
issues and challenges Limitations of DGs.
Voltage control techniques.
Reactive power control.
Harmonics Power quality issues.
Reliability of DG based systems.
5 Introduction to micro-grids . 8
Types of micro-grids: autonomous and non-autonomous grids Sizing
of micro-grids.
Modeling & analysis of Micro-grids with multiple DGs.
Micro-grids with power electronic interfacing units.
6 Transients in micro-grids. 4
Protection of micro-grids.
Case studies.
Advanced topics
[ 341 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. H. Lee Willis, Walter G. Scott,”Distributed Power Generation – Planning and Evaluation”,
Marcel Decker Press.
2. M.GodoySimoes, Felix A.Farret, “Renewable Energy Systems – Design and Analysis with
Induction Generators”, CRC press.
3.Stuart Borlase.”Smart Grid: Infrastructure Technology Solutions” CRC Press
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Understand the planning and operational issues related to Distributed Generation.
2. Acquire Knowledge about Distributed Generation
3. Learn Micro-Grids
CORE 2: RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM
Course Objectives
Students wiil be able to
1. Learn various renewable energy sources
2. Gain understanding of integrated operation of renewable energy sources
3. Understand Power Electronics Interface with the Grid
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Introduction 8
Distributed vs Central Station Generation
Sources of Energy such as Micro-turbines.
Internal Combustion Engines.
2 Introduction to Solar Energy. 10
Wind Energy.
Combined Heat and Power, Hydro Energy, Tidal Energy.
Wave Energy, Geothermal Energy, Biomass, Fuel Cells
3 Power Electronic Interface with the Grid 4
4 Impact of Distributed Generation on the Power System. 6
Power Quality Disturbances
5 Transmission System Operation. 8
Protection of Distributed Generators.
6 Economics of Distributed Generation. 4
Case Studies
Suggested reading
1. RanjanRakesh, Kothari D.P, Singal K.C, “Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies”,
2nd Ed. Prentice Hall of India ,2011
2. Math H.Bollen, FainanHassan,“Integration of Distributed Generation in the Power System”, July 2011,
Wiley –IEEE Press
3.Loi Lei Lai, Tze Fun Chan, “Distributed Generation: Induction and Permanent Magnet Generators”,
October 2007, Wiley-IEEE Press.
4.Roger A.Messenger, Jerry Ventre, “Photovoltaic System Engineering”, 3rd Ed, 2010
5.James F.Manwell, Jon G.McGowan, Anthony L Rogers, “Wind energy explained: Theory
Design and Application”, John Wiley and Sons 2nd Ed, 2010
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Gain Knowledge about renewable energy
[ 342 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Concepts of optimization: Engineering applications-Statement of 8
optimization problem-Classification - type and size of the problem.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single andmulti variable
problems- Types of Constraints.
Semi definite case-saddle point.
2 Linear programming: Standard form 8
Geometry of LP problems, Theorem of LP- Relation to convexity
Formulation of LP problems, Simplex method and algorithm.
Matrix form- two phase method, Duality- dual simplex method.
LU Decomposition
3 Sensitivity analysis. 4
Artificial variables and complementary solutions-QP.
Engineering Applications:Minimum cost flow problem.
Network problems-transportation.
Assignment&allocation.
Scheduling, Karmarkar method-unbalanced and routing problems.
4 Nonlinear programming: Non linearity concepts. 6
Convex and concave functions.
Non-linear programming -gradient and Hessian.
Unconstrained optimization: First &Second order necessary
conditions.
Minimisation&Maximisation- Local & Global convergence- Speed of
convergence.
5 Basic decent methods: Fibonacci & Golden section search. 10
Gradient methods - Newton Method-Lagrange multiplier method.
Kuhn-tucker conditions .
Quasi-Newton method- separable convex programming -Frank and
Wolfe method.
Engineering Applications. Nonlinear program mming.
Constrained optimization: Characteristics of constraints-Direct
methods- SLP,SQP.
Indirect methods-Transformation techniques-penalty function.
Langrange multiplier methods checking convergence.
[ 343 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Engineering applications.
6 Dynamic programming: Multistage decision process. 8
Concept of sub optimization and principle Of optimality.
Computational procedure.
Engineering applications. Genetic algorithms.
Simulated Annealing Methods .
Optimization programming, tools and Software packages
Suggested reading
1. David G Luenberger, “Linear and Non Linear Programming”, 2nd Ed, Addison-Wesley
Pub.Co.,Massachusetts, 2003
2. W.L.Winston, “Operation Research-Applications & Algorithms”,2nd Ed., PWS-KENT
Pub.Co.,Boston, 2007
3. S.S.Rao, “Engineering Optimization”, 3rd Ed.,New Age International (P) Ltd,New Delhi, 2007
4. W.F.Stocker, “Design of Thermal Systems”, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, New York. 1990
5. G.B.Dantzig, “Linear Programming and Extensions” Princeton University Press, N.J.,1963
6. L.C.W.Dixton, ”Non Linear Optimisation: theory and algorithms” Birkhauser, Boston, 1980
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1: Apply optimization techniques to typical engineering problems
2: Learn the concepts and techniques of nonlinear and unconstrained optimization
3: Acquire knowledge on direct and indirect methods for constrained optimization
4: Learn the application of dynamic programming and genetic algorithms for engineering
Optimization
PE 1: POWER SYSTEM DYNAMICS
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Study of system dynamics and its physical interpretation
2. Development of mathematical models for synchronous machine
3. Modeling of induction motor
Syllabus
Unit Content
1 Synchronous Machines: Per unit systems.
Park’s Transformation (modified), Flux-linkage equations
2 Voltage and current equations.
Formulation of State-space equations, Equivalent circuit
3 Sub-transient and transient inductance and Time constants.
Simplified models of synchronous machines
4 Small signal model: Introduction to frequency model
5 Excitation systems and Philips-Heffron model, PSS Load modeling
6 Modeling of Induction Motors, Prime mover controllers
Suggested reading
1. P. M. Anderson & A. A. Fouad “Power System Control and Stability”, Galgotia , New Delhi, 1981
2. J Machowski, J Bialek& J. R W. Bumby, “Power System Dynamics and Stability”, John Wiley &
Sons, 1997
3. P.Kundur, “Power System Stability and Control”, McGraw Hill Inc., 1994.
4. E.W. Kimbark, “Power system stability”, Vol. I & III, John Wiley & Sons, New York 2002
Course Outcomes
[ 344 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 345 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Introduction of Available Sources & Demanding loads 4
Sources - AC mains, Lab supplies, Batteries, Solar Cells
Loads - Requirements of load, battery as load
2 Selection of Topology : Step-Up / Step-Down, Multiple outputs 4
Continuous & discontinuous modes of operation
3 Isolated converters 8
Various Configurations of Converters
Selection of Components: Selection of Resistors, Chokes,
Capacitors, Diodes
MoSFETs& IGBTs, Connectors
4 Design of Magnetics Fundamentals & ideal conditions 6
Design of High frequency chokes & transformers
Selection of wire gauge, Sealing of magnetics
5 Guide to Instrumentation 4
Basics of measurements using DMM, Oscilloscope, Electronic loads,
etc
6 Design of Feedback circuits 6
Basic control requirements, Current & voltage mode control
fundamentals & system stability conditions
Design of Control and Monitoring circuits.
Practical Control circuitry & Monitoring circuitry requirements.
Suggested Reading
1. Ned Mohan ,Undeland and Robbins, “Power Electronics Converters, Applications and Design”,
John Wiley & sons.
2. Abraham I Pressman, Keith Billings, Taylor Morey, “Switching Power Supply Design”,
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Give practical step by step approach for design and assembly of Power Supplies and apply the
necessary recent technology to comply the standards and certification requirements.
2. Have ability to design a system / component/ process.
[ 346 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 347 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3 Static series compensation: TSSC, SSSC -Static voltage and phase angle 6
regulators – TCVR and TCPAR
Operation and Control –Applications
Static series compensation –
GCSC,TSSC, TCSC
Static synchronous series compensators and their Control
4 SSR and its damping Unified Power Flow Controller: Circuit Arrangement 4
Operation and control of UPFC- Basic Principle of P and Q control
Independent real and reactivepower flow control- Applications.
5 Introduction to interline power flow controller. 6
Modeling and analysis of FACTS Controllers – Simulation of FACTS
controllers Power quality problems in distribution systems
Harmonics, loads that create harmonics, modeling, harmonic propagation,
series and parallel resonances, mitigation of harmonics
Passive filters, active filtering – shunt , series and hybrid and their control.
[ 348 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 349 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Teaching Scheme
Lectures: 1hrs/week
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1: Meaning of research problem, Sources of research problem, Criteria Characteristics of
a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and objectives of
research problem.
Unit 4: Nature of Intellectual Property: Patents, Designs, Trade and Copyright. Process of
[ 350 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
References:
Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “Research methodology: an introduction for science &
engineering students’”
Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville, “Research Methodology: An Introduction”
Ranjit Kumar, 2nd Edition , “Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for beginners”
Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”, Taylor & Francis Ltd ,2007.
Mayall , “Industrial Design”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Niebel , “Product Design”, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Asimov , “Introduction to Design”, Prentice Hall, 1962.
Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley, “ Intellectual Property in New
Technological Age”, 2016.
T. Ramappa, “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008
SECOND SEMESTER
CORE - 3: DIGITAL POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Study numerical relays
2. Develop mathematical approach towards protection
3. Study algorithms for numerical protection
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Evolution of digital relays from electromechanical relays, 4
Performance and operational characteristics of digital protection
[ 351 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 352 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2 Biomass: generationcharacterization. 4
Biogas: aerobic and anaerobic bio-conversion processes.
Microbial reactions purification.
Properties of biogas
3 Tidal and wind energy potential and conversion efficiency 4
Suggested reading
1. J.Twidell and T.Weir, “Renewable Energy Resources”, Taylor and Francis Group 2007
2. G.N.Tiwari and MK Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Resources Basic Principles and Application”,
Narosa Publishing House 2005.
3. J.A.Duffie and WA Beckman, “Solar Engineering and Thermal Processes”, 2nd Edition John
Wiley and sons. 2001.
4. G.N.Tiwari, “Solar Energy”, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.
5. R.A.Gross, “Fusion Energy”, John Wiley and Sons, 1984.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Have knowledge about Hydro,Wind,Biomass ,Tidal sources
2. Learn about Dry rock and Hot Aquifier Analysis
3. Acquire the knowledge about fusion
[ 353 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. Understand GA & EP
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Biological foundations to intelligent Systems: Artificial Neural Networks. 4
Single layer and Multilayer Feed Forward NN.
LMS and Back Propagation Algorithm.
Feedback networks and Radial Basis Function Networks
2 Fuzzy Logic, 6
Knowledge Representation and Inference Mechanism.
Defuzzification Methods
3 Fuzzy Neural Networks and some algorithms to learn the parameters of the 4
network like GA
4 System Identification using Fuzzy and Neural Network 4
5 Genetic algorithm :Reproduction. 4
Cross over.
Mutation.
Introduction to evolutionary program
6 Applications of above mentioned techniques to practical problems. 4
Suggested Reading
1. J M Zurada , “An Introduction to ANN”,Jaico Publishing House
2. Simon Haykins, “Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall
3. Timothy Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engg.Applications”, McGraw. Hill
4. Driankov, Dimitra, “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”, Narosa Publication
5. Golding, “Genetic Algorithms”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Com
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Learn the concepts of biological foundations of artificial neural networks
2. Learn Feedback networks and radial basis function networks and fuzzy logics
3. Identify fuzzy and neural network
4. Acquire the knowledge of GA
PE 3: SMART GRIDS
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand concept of smart grid and its advantages over conventional grid
2. Know smart metering techniques
3. Learn wide area measurement techniques
4. Understand the problems associated with integration of distributed generation & its solution
through smart grid.
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Introduction to Smart Grid. 4
Evolution of Electric Grid.
[ 354 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 355 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Ali Keyhani, “Design of smart power grid renewable energy systems”, Wiley IEEE,2011
2. Clark W. Gellings, “The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand Response”, CRC Press ,
2009
3. JanakaEkanayake, Nick Jenkins, KithsiriLiyanage, “Smart Grid: Technology and Applications”, Wiley
2012
4.StuartBorlase,”Smart Grid :Infrastructure , Technology and solutions “ CRC Press
5. A.G.Phadke, “Synchronized Phasor Measurement and their Applications”, Springer
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Appreciate the difference between smart grid & conventional grid
2. Apply smart metering concepts to industrial and commercial installations
3. Formulate solutions in the areas of smart substations ,distributed generation and wide area measurements
4. Come up with smart grid solutions using modern communication technologies
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Basic science of energy conversion. 4
Indirect verses direct conversion
2 Physics of semiconductor junctions for photovoltaic and photo- 4
electrochemical conversion of solar energy.
Fabrication and evaluation of various solar cells in photovoltaic
power generation systems
3 Technology and physics of thermo-electric generations. 4
Thermal-electric materials and optimization studies
4 Basic concepts and designconsiderations of MHD generatorsCycle 6
analysis of MHD systems
5 Thermonic power conversion and plasma diodes. 4
Thermo dynamicsand Performance of fuel cells and their
[ 356 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
applications.
6 Advanced topics in Energy Conversion Process 4
Suggested reading
1. S. S. L. Chang, “Energy Conversion”, Prentice Hall, 1963. 16
2. S. W. Angrist, “Direct Energy Conversion”, Pearson, 1982
3. R. J. Rosa, “Magneto hydrodynamic Energy Conversion”, Springer, 1987
4. V. S. Bagotsky, “Fuel Cell Problems and Solutions”, John Wiley & Sons, 2009
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Have knowledge about Physics of semiconductor junctions for photovoltaic and photo- electro
chemical conversion
2. Carry out Cycle analysis of MHD systems
3. Know Different thermo-electric processes of electric materials and their efficient use
[ 357 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1.Sira -Ramirez, R. Silva Ortigoza, “Control Design Techniques in Power Electronics Devices”,
Springer.
2. Siew-Chong Tan, Yuk-Ming Lai, Chi Kong Tse, “Sliding mode control of switching Power
Converters”
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Acquire knowledge about fundamental concepts, principles, analysis and design of hybrid
and electric vehicles.
2. Learn electric drive in vehicles / traction.
PE 4: POWER QUALITY
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand the different power quality issues to be addressed
2. Understand the recommended practices by various standard bodies like IEEE, IEC, etc on voltage
& frequency, harmonics
3. Understand STATIC VAR Compensators
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Introduction-power quality. 8
Voltage quality-overview of power quality phenomena.
Classification of power quality issues.
Power quality measures and standards-THD-TIF-DIN-C.
Message weights-flicker factor transient phenomena-occurrence of
power quality problems.
Power acceptability curves-IEEE guides.
[ 358 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 359 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4: Introduce the student to series and shunt active power filtering techniques for harmonics.
[ 360 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Netherlands,1989
2. C.W. Gellings and S.N. Talukdar, . Load management concepts. IEEE Press, New York, 1986,pp. 3-28
3. Y. Manichaikul and F.C. Schweppe ," Physically based Industrial load", IEEE Trans. on PAS,April 1981
4. H. G. Stoll, "Least cost Electricity Utility Planning”, Wiley Interscience Publication, USA, 1989.
5. I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, .Modern Power System Engineering., Tata McGraw Hill
publishers,NewDelhi, 1995
6. IEEE Bronze Book- “Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and cost effective
planninginIndustrial facilities”, IEEE Inc, USA
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1: Know about load control techniques in industries and its application
2: Learn different types of industrial processes and optimize the process using tools like LINDO and LINGO
3: Apply load management to reduce demand of electricity during peak time
4: Apply different energy saving opportunities in industries
[ 361 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1 Write a program to simulate a perceptron network for pattern classification and function
approximation.
2 Write a program to solve a XOR function using feed-forward neural network trained using
back-propagation algorithm.
3 Write a program to implement adaptive noise cancellation using ADALINE neural
network.
4 Given the region to be de-fuzzified, write programs to discuss the various methods that
might be chosen.
5 Implementation of simple Over Current Relay using fuzzy logic.
6 Simulation and comparison of fuzzy PID controller with conventional PID controller for a
given plant.
7 Solve optimal relay coordination as a linear programming problem using Genetic
Algorithm.
8 Solve optimal relay coordination as a non-Linear programming problem using Genetic
algorithm.
9 Solve economic load dispatch problem using Genetic algorithm.
10 Write a program to simulate a perceptron network for pattern classification and function
approximation.
Power Quality Lab
S.No Experiments
1 To study the effect of non linear loads on power quality
2 To demonstrate the voltage and current distortions experimentally.
3 To reduce the current harmonics with filters.
4 To study the voltage sag due to starting of large induction motor.
5 To study the capacitor switching transients.
6 To study the effect of balanced non linear load on neutral current , in a three phase circuit
7 To study the effect of ground loop.
8 To study the effect of voltage flicker .
9 To calculate the distortion power factor.
10 Study the effect of harmonics on energy meter reading
11 To study effect of voltage sag on electrical equipments.
12 To obtain the current harmonics drawn by power electronics interface using PSCAD software.
Non-Conventional Energy Sources Lab
S. No Experiments
1 Determine the efficiency of Solar PV Grid-Tied system.
2 Determine the efficiency of Wind Energy System.
3 Field Visit to Solar Street Lighting System.
4 Determine the power output of a biogas plant
5 Study of a geothermal system
6 Determine the efficiency of a fuel cell
7 Determine the efficiency of a mini hydro plant
[ 362 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
[ 363 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
2. L.P. Singh , “Advanced Power System Analysis and Dynamics”, New Age International, 2006
3. G.L. Kusic, “Computer aided power system analysis” ,Prentice Hall India, 1986
4. A.J. Wood, “ Power generation, operation and control” , John Wiley, 1994
5. P.M. Anderson, “Faulted power system analysis” , IEEE Press , 1995
Course outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Able to calculate voltage phasors at all buses , given the data using various methods of load flow
2. Able to calculate fault currents in each phase
3. Rank various contingencies according to their severity
4. Estimate the bus voltage phasors given various quantities viz. power flow, voltages, taps , CB status
etc
5. Estimate closeness to voltage collapse and calculate PV curves using continuation power flow
[ 364 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Allan Greenwood, “Electrical Transients in Power System”, Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 1991
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1:Have knowledge of various transients that could occur in power system and their
mathematical formulation
2: Have ability to design various protective devices in power system for protecting equipment and
personnel
3: Coordinate the insulation of various equipments in power system
4: Model the power system for transient analysis
[ 365 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Sullivan, R.L., “Power System Planning”, Heber Hill.
2. Roy Billington, “Power System Reliability Evaluation”, Gordan& Breach Scain Publishers.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to
1. Have knowledge of different methods to estimate different electrical quantities
2. Acquire skills in planning and building reliable power system.
3. Manage skills required in the field of power system engineering are enhanced.
OE: ENERGY AUDITING AND MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
Students will be able to
1. Understand the need for energy auditing
2. Understand of various loads involved based on power consumption for auditing
3. Know about different audit instruments used in practice
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 System approach and End use approach to efficient use of Electricity. 6
Electricity tariff types.
Energy auditing: Types and objectives - audit instruments.
ECO assessment and Economic methods specific energy analysis.
Minimum energy paths-consumption models-Case study.
2 Electric motors-Energy efficient controls and starting efficiency. 6
Motor Efficiency and LoadAnalysis Energy efficient /high efficient
Motors-Case study.
Load Matching and selection of motors.
Variable speed drives; Pumps and Fans.
Efficient Control strategies.
Optimal selection and sizing .
Optimal operation and Storage; Case study
3 Transformer Loading/Efficiency analysis. 6
Feeder/cable loss evaluation.
Case study.
Reactive Power management-Capacitor-Sizing.
Degreeof Compensation.
Capacitor losses-Location.
Placement Maintenance.
Case study.
4 Peak Demand controls- Methodologies. 6
[ 366 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
OPEN ELECTIVES
Business Analytics
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Course Code
Course Name Business Analytics
Credits
Prerequisites
Total Number of Lectures: 48
Course objective
1. Understand the role of business analytics within an organization.
2. Analyze data using statistical and data mining techniques and understand relationships
between the underlying business processes of an organization.
3. To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate and solve
business problems and to support managerial decision making.
[ 367 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
4. To become familiar with processes needed to develop, report, and analyze business data.
5. Use decision-making tools/Operations research techniques.
6. Mange business process using analytical and management tools.
7. Analyze and solve problems from different industries such as manufacturing, service, retail,
software, banking and finance, sports, pharmaceutical, aerospace etc.
[ 368 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
COURSE OUTCOMES
OPEN ELECTIVES
Industrial Safety
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and electrical
hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948
for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure
vessels, etc, Safety color codes. Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.
Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction
methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and
applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity
lubrication, v. Wick feed lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition,
principle and factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.
Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision treeconcept, need and
applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw decision tree for
problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic,automotive, thermal and electrical equipment’s
like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler,
vi. Electrical motors, Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.
Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,
cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical
motor, common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition,
need, steps and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive
[ 369 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv. Diesel generating (DG) sets,
Program and schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment,
advantages of preventive maintenance. Repair cycle concept and importance
Reference:
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet and
continuous variables.
2. Students should able to apply the concept of non-linear programming
3. Students should able to carry out sensitivity analysis
4. Student should able to model the real world problem and simulate it.
Syllabus Contents:
Unit 1:
Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex
Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models
Unit 2
Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex
method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming
Unit 3:
Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow
problem - CPM/PERT
Unit 4
Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory
models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.
Unit 5
Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic
Programming, Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation
References:
Open Elective
Cost Management of Engineering Projects
[ 370 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Cost concepts in decision-making; Relevant cost, Differential cost, Incremental cost and Opportunity
cost. Objectives of a Costing System; Inventory valuation; Creation of a Database for operational
control; Provision of data for Decision-Making.
Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project
execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-
technical activities. Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and
documents Project team: Role of each member. Importance Project site: Data required with
significance. Project contracts. Types and contents. Project execution Project cost control. Bar charts
and Network diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical and process
Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and
Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making
problems. Standard Costing and Variance Analysis. Pricing strategies: Pareto Analysis. Target
costing, Life Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector. Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement
Planning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.
Activity-Based Cost Management, Bench Marking; Balanced Score Card and Value-Chain Analysis.
Budgetary Control; Flexible Budgets; Performance budgets; Zero-based budgets. Measurement of
Divisional profitability pricing decisions including transfer pricing.
References:
Open Elective
Composite Materials
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
[ 371 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
UNIT – III: Manufacturing of Metal Matrix Composites: Casting – Solid State diffusion technique,
Cladding – Hot isostatic pressing. Properties and applications. Manufacturing of Ceramic Matrix
Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon
composites: Knitting, Braiding, Weaving. Properties and applications.
UNIT – V: Strength: Laminar Failure Criteria-strength ratio, maximum stress criteria, maximum
strain criteria, interacting failure criteria, hygrothermal failure. Laminate first play failure-insight
strength; Laminate strength-ply discount truncated maximum strain criterion; strength design using
caplet plots; stress concentrations.
TEXT BOOKS:
Open Elective
Waste to Energy
Teaching scheme
Lecture: - 3 h/week
Unit-I: Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro based, Forest
residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors
Unit-II: Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods -
Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers –
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
[ 372 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Unit-IV: Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic designs,
Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Unit-V: Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion -
Types of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production -
Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in India.
References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Vol. I &
II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.
AUDIT 1 and 2: ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING
Course objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level of readability
2. Learn about what to write in each section
3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title
Ensure the good quality of paper at very first-time submission
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Planning and Preparation, Word Order, Breaking up long sentences, 4
Structuring Paragraphs and Sentences, Being Concise and Removing
Redundancy, Avoiding Ambiguity and Vagueness
2 Clarifying Who Did What, Highlighting Your Findings, Hedging and 4
Criticising, Paraphrasing and Plagiarism, Sections of a Paper, Abstracts.
Introduction
3 Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The 4
Final Check.
4 key skills are needed when writing a Title, key skills are needed when 4
writing an Abstract, key skills are needed when writing an Introduction,
skills needed when writing a Review of the Literature,
5 skills are needed when writing the Methods, skills needed when writing the 4
Results, skills are needed when writing the Discussion, skills are needed
when writing the Conclusions
6 useful phrases, how to ensure paper is as good as it could possibly be the 4
first- time submission
Suggested Studies:
1. Goldbort R (2006) Writing for Science, Yale University Press (available on Google Books)
2. Day R (2006) How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper, Cambridge University Press
[ 373 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
3. Highman N (1998), Handbook of Writing for the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM. Highman’s
book .
4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht
Heidelberg London, 2011
AUDIT 1 and 2: DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:
1. learn to demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and
humanitarian response.
2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practice from
multiple perspectives.
3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevance in
specific types of disasters and conflict situations.
4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches,
planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or the countries
they work in
Syllabus
Units CONTENTS Hours
1 Introduction 4
Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard
And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, Types And
Magnitude.
2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of 4
Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem.
Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods,
Droughts And Famines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster:
Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills,
Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.
3 Disaster Prone Areas In India 4
Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides
And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special
Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics
4 Disaster Preparedness And Management 4
Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard;
Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From
Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And
Community Preparedness.
5 Risk Assessment 4
Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And
National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co-
Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People’s Participation In Risk
Assessment. Strategies for Survival.
6 Disaster Mitigation 4
Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging Trends In
Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of
Disaster Mitigation In India.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
[ 374 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
1. R. Nishith, Singh AK, “Disaster Management in India: Perspectives, issues and strategies “’New
Royal book Company.
2. Sahni, Pardeep Et.Al. (Eds.),” Disaster Mitigation Experiences And Reflections”, Prentice Hall Of
India, New Delhi.
3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And Case Studies” ,Deep &Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
AUDIT 1 and 2: SANSKRIT FOR TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE
Course Objectives
1. To get a working knowledge in illustrious Sanskrit, the scientific language in the world
2. Learning of Sanskrit to improve brain functioning
3. Learning of Sanskrit to develop the logic in mathematics, science & other subjects
enhancing the memory power
4. The engineering scholars equipped with Sanskrit will be able to explore the
huge knowledge from ancient literature
Syllabus
Unit Content Hours
1 Alphabets in Sanskrit, 8
Past/Present/Future Tense,
Simple Sentences
2 Order 8
Introduction of roots
Technical information about Sanskrit Literature
3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical, Mechanical, 8
Architecture, Mathematics
Suggested reading
1. “Abhyaspustakam” – Dr.Vishwas, Samskrita-Bharti Publication, New Delhi
2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” Prathama Deeksha-Vempati Kutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit
Sansthanam, New Delhi Publication
3. “India’s Glorious Scientific Tradition” Suresh Soni, Ocean books (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Output
Students will be able to
1. Understanding basic Sanskrit language
2. Ancient Sanskrit literature about science & technology can be understood
3. Being a logical language will help to develop logic in students
[ 375 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Value judgements
Suggested reading
1 Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and Ethics for organizations Theory and practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Course outcomes
[ 376 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Syllabus
Units Content Hours
History of Making of the Indian Constitution:
1 History 4
Drafting Committee, ( Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
2 Preamble 4
Salient Features
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
Fundamental Rights
Right to Equality
Right to Freedom
Right against Exploitation
3 4
Right to Freedom of Religion
Cultural and Educational Rights
Right to Constitutional Remedies
Directive Principles of State Policy
Fundamental Duties.
Organs of Governance:
Parliament
Composition
Qualifications and Disqualifications
Powers and Functions
4 Executive 4
President
Governor
Council of Ministers
Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer of Judges, Qualifications
Powers and Functions
Local Administration:
District’s Administration head: Role and Importance,
Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative, CEO of
Municipal Corporation.
5 Pachayati raj: Introduction, PRI: Zila Pachayat. 4
Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Pachayat: Position and role.
Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments),
Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials,
Importance of grass root democracy
Election Commission:
Election Commission: Role and Functioning.
6 Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners. 4
State Election Commission: Role and Functioning.
Institute and Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women.
Suggested reading
[ 377 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Outcomes:
[ 378 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Suggested reading
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools, Compare, 31 (2):
245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of
Curriculum Studies, 36 (3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana - does it count? Multi-site teacher education
research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Pryor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and learning of basic
maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count? International Journal Educational
Development, 33 (3): 272–282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary education.
Oxford and Boston: Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‘learning to read’ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to understand:
1. What pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal and informal classrooms in
developing countries?
2. What is the evidence on the effectiveness of these pedagogical practices, in what conditions, and
with what population of learners?
3. How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum and guidance
materials best support effective pedagogy?
[ 379 ]
Model Curriculum of Engineering & Technology PG Courses [Volume-I]
Course Objectives
1. To learn to achieve the highest goal happily
2. To become a person with stable mind, pleasing personality and determination
3. To awaken wisdom in students
Syllabus
[ 380 ]